bsc (hons) in building & real estate scheme hong kong polytechnic university department of...

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY DEPARTMENT OF BUILDING AND REAL ESTATE

BSc (Hons) in Building & Real Estate Scheme

For Student Intake 2012/2013

(Three-year Curriculum)

BSc (Hons) Degrees / Double Degrees

Building Engineering & Management (32105-BEM)

Property Management (32105-PMT)

Surveying (32105-SUV)

Property Management & Social Policy and Administration (32105-DPM) Surveying & Design (Environment & Interior) (32105-DSV)

September 2012

This Definitive Programme Document is subject to review and changes which the programme offering Faculty / Department / School may decide to make from time to time. Students will be informed of the changes as and when appropriate. Department of Building and Real Estate Faculty of Construction and Environment September, 2012

CONTENT LIST Page 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 1 2. Structure and Curriculum of BSc (Hons) in Building & Real Estate

Scheme 2

2.1 Structure 2 2.2 Award Credits 2 2.3 Duration 2 2.4 Progression Patterns of the BSc (Hons) Programmes 3 2.5 Credit-based Subjects 4 2.6 Policy to Permit Students to Transfer from One Programme to Another 6 3. PROGRAMME OUTCOMES 6 3.1 Programme Aims of BSc (Hons) in Building Engineering & Management 6 3.2 Programme Aims of BSc (Hons) in Property Management 7 3.3 Programme Aims of BSc (Hons) in Surveying 7 4. DOUBLE DEGREES 8 4.1 BSc (Hons) in Property Management and BA (Hons) in Social Policy &

Administration 8

4.2 BSc (Hons) in Surveying and BA (Hons) in Design (Environment & Interior) 9 5. Teaching and Learning Methods 10 6. Work-Integrated Education (WIE) 15 7. Programme Management/Scheme 17 7.1 Departmental Undergraduate Programme Committee 17 7.2 The Chairperson of the Scheme Committee 18 7.3 Programme Leader 18 7.4 Programme Management Committee 19 7.5 Head/Student Liaison Group 19 7.6 Staff/Student Liaison Group 19 8. SUBJECT MANAGEMENT 20 8.1 Discipline Leader 20 8.2 Subject Leader 20 8.3 Subject Lecturer 20 8.4 Subject Syllabus and Standard Subject Size 20 8.5 Subject Levels 20 8.6 Requisites, Co-requisites Exclusions 21 8.7 Credit Transfer and Exemption 21 8.8 Subject Registration 21 9. ASSESSMENT 21 9.1 Assessment Methods 22 9.2 Subject Assessment Review Panel 22 9.3 Grading 23 9.4 Absence from an Assessment Component 24 9.5 Retaking Subjects 24 10. BOARD OF EXAMINERS 24

10.1 Composition of Scheme/Programme Board of Examiners 24 10.2 Responsibilities 25 10.3 Appeals 25 11. PROGRESSION AND AWARD 25 11.1 Progression 25 11.2 Graduation Requirement 26 11.3 Guidelines for Award Classification 26 11.4 Pass-without-Honours 26 PROGRESSION PATTERN – Appendix A to C STUDY PATHWAY FOR DOUBLE DEGREE – Appendix D to E

CURRICULUM MAPPING - Appendix F to H SUBJECT PORTFOLIO

Department of Building & Real Estate Academic Programmes

1

1. GENERAL INFORMATION Faculty : Construction and Environment (FCE) Department : Building & Real Estate (BRE) Awards : BSc (Hons) Building Real Estate Scheme: BSc (Hons) in Building Engineering & Management (BEM) BSc (Hons) in Property Management (PMT) BSc (Hons) in Surveying (SUV) Duration : 3 years normally for the full-time undergraduate

programmes 4/5 years normally for the double degree undergraduate

programmes Total No. of Credits : 97 credits for the undergraduate programmes plus 2 training

credits in Work-Integrated Education (WIE) and one non-credit bearing co-curricular activity (CCA) recognized by the Student Affairs Office (SAO) for normally three-year full time duration.

The Department offers the BSc (Hons) Building and Real Estate Scheme, comprising

three honours degree awards. All awards/programmes are validated by the University and accredited by the professional institutions. The undergraduate programmes are:- BSc (Hons) in Building Engineering and Management, accredited by the Hong

Kong Institution of Engineers (HKIE), Chartered Institute of Building (CIOB) and the Hong Kong Institution of Construction Managers (HKICM).

BSc (Hons) in Property Management, accredited by the Hong Kong Institute of Housing (HKIH); the Hong Kong Institute of Surveyors (HKIS) and the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors (RICS).

BSc (Hons) in Surveying, accredited by the Hong Kong Institute of Surveyors (HKIS) and the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors (RICS).

Contributing Departments / Centres

Teaching support from other departments and centres of the University as follows:-

Department of Applied Mathematics (AMA) Department of Civil and Structural Engineering (CSE) English Language Centre (ELC) Chinese Language Centre (CLC) Industrial Centre (IC) Department of Land Surveying and Geo-Informatics (LSGI) General Education Centre (GEC)


2

2. STRUCTURE AND CURRICULUM OF BSc (HONS) IN BUILDING & REAL ESTATE SCHEME

2.1 Structure Under the BSc (Hons) Building and Real Estate (BRE) Scheme, three specialized

full-time honours degree awards are offered as follows:- BEM BSc(Hons) in Building Engineering and Management PMT BSc(Hons) in Property Management SUV BSc(Hons) in Surveying

The subjects of the credit-based awards/programmes are offered under the four subject disciplines of the Department. The subject disciplines are Information and Construction Technology / Economics / Management / Law and Policy. Subjects are classified into levels. In an undergraduate award programme, subjects are usually from Levels 2 to 4 with the subject prefix of 2XX, 3XX or 4XX to denote the subject level.

2.2 Award Credits Each subject is allocated with a credit value. In terms of student effort, a student is

expected to spend on average 40 hours of study to earn a credit. The graduation requirement for an undergraduate award is the completion of 97

credits including both compulsory and elective subjects as specified in the award programme. A student must complete the credits as specified in the programme curriculum and progression pattern including all compulsory subjects of Level 2, Level 3 and Level 4 together with the required elective subjects for graduation. In addition, students of all degree programmes have to fulfill a training requirement of 2 training credits in work integrated education (WIE).

The normal work load of a full time student is 15 credits for a semester. The

maximum is 21 credits for a semester. 2.3 Duration

An academic year of the University consists of three semesters: Semester 1, Semester 2 and the Summer term. For Semester 1 & 2, each of which usually consists of 14 weeks and is followed by examination period. Between these two semesters, there is a semester break. Summer Semester is of 7-week duration and usually begins in June. Assessment of a subject will usually be completed at the end of the semester in which it is presented. The normal duration for completion of an honours degree award is 6 semesters (full time) with 2 summer terms and the maximum duration is 12 semesters with 5 summer terms.


3

2.4 Progression Patterns of the BSc (Hons) Programmes

A full-time BRE student is required to register for a programme at the time of admission. The graduation requirement for each programme is stipulated in the respective progression pattern and curriculum. Notwithstanding any alterations, which the Department may consider necessary from time to time, students are expected to follow the progression pattern and curriculum unless special approval or credit transfer or exemption has been granted. Progression Patterns (See Appendix A to C) contain details of the prescribed progression pattern for each of the undergraduate programme under the BSc (Hons) BRE Scheme.


4

2.5 Credit-based Subjects

Code Subject Title Credits BEM SUV PM BRE 2031 Environmental Science 3 C C C BRE 204 Structure I 3 C BRE 206 The Legal Context for Construction & Real

Estate 3 C C

BRE 212 Construction Materials 3 C BRE 216 Economics for Construction & Real Estate 3 C C BRE 217 Planning and Development 3 C C BRE 218 Integrated Project I 3 C C C BRE 291 Construction Technology I 3 C C C BRE 2921 Management for Construction & Real Estate 3 C C C BRE 302 Structure II 3 C BRE 315 Property Valuation 3 C C BRE 319 Property Investment and Finance 3 C C BRE 324 Engineering Economics 3 C BRE 326 Maintenance Technology & Management 3 C C BRE 329 Construction Contract Law 3 C BRE 336 Development Control Law 3 C C BRE 337 Property Law 3 C C BRE 341 Property Management I 3 E C BRE 345 Measurement, Documentation & Estimating 3 C C C BRE 346 Integrated Project IIA 4 C BRE 347 Urban and Construction Economics 3 C C BRE 348 Integrated Project II 6 C BRE 349 Building Services I 3 C C(BS) BRE 350 Project Management & Procurement 3 C C BRE 351 Contract Administration 3 C BRE 377 Research Methods 2 C C C BRE 391 Construction Technology II 3 C C BRE 3931 Temporary Work Design 4 C BRE 397 Property Management Accounting 3 C BRE 398 Building Information Modelling 3 E BRE 401 Construction Technology III 3 C BRE 4051 Project Evaluation and Development 5 C BRE 415 Dispute Resolution 3 C

(BS&QS) E

BRE 418 Real Estate Development 3 C(GP) E BRE 426 Geotechnical & Foundation Engineering 3 C BRE 427 Applied Property Investment 3 C(GP) BRE 4281 Construction Engineering Management 3 C BRE 4291 Real Estate Marketing 3 C(GP) E BRE 431 Housing Studies 3 C BRE 432 Property Management II 3 C BRE 435 Design Adaptation and Conversion 3 C( BS) BRE 436 Applied Property Valuation 3 C(GP) BRE 437 Facility Management 3 C(BS) C BRE 438 Property Management Practice 6 C BRE 439 Engineering Contract Procedure 3 C(QS) BRE 440 Cost and Value Management 3 C(QS) BRE 441 Professional Studies 5 C BRE 442 Forecasting and Competition in the Built

Environment 3 E C(QS)

BRE 450 Building Maintenance for Sustainability 3 E BRE 453 Building Services II 3 C BRE 477 Dissertation 6 C C C

C = Compulsory Subject E = Elective Subject B = Bridging Subject T = Training Credits NOTE: Department reserves the right to offer electives which may vary as necessary.


5

Code Subject Title Credits BEM SUV PM Remedial Mathematics 0 B AMA 290 Engineering Mathematics 3 C APSS 406 Managing Human Services in Changing Context 3 E APSS 409 Health Policy and Administration 3 E APSS 265# Self-understanding and Communication Skills 3 E BSE 332 Fire Services 3 E CBS 2080 Fundamentals of Chinese Communication 1 C C C CSE 254 Geology for Engineers 3 CSE 290 Introduction to Geotechnology 3 C ELC 2401 University English for the Faculty of

Construction and Land Use 3 C C C

ELC 3403 Workplace English for Faculty of Construction and Land Use

3 C C C

ELC3404* Job Application Sills 1 C C C GE 1 General Education Subject 1 2 C C C GE 2 General Education Subject 2 2 C C C IC 202 WIE (In Summer Semester) T(2) C IC 301 Industrial Safety I 1 C C C LSGI 2961 Engineering Surveying 3 C

* Exclusively for PolyU Higher Diploma Holders obtaining credit transfer of ELC3401 (2 credits) only. # Available for single-degree students only. BS - Building Surveying Discipline GP - General Practice Discipline QS - Quantity Surveying Discipline NOTE: Department reserves the right to offer electives which may vary as necessary.


6

2.6 Policy to Permit Students to Transfer from One Programme to Another (a) The University’s Academic Regulations and Procedures (July 2011 or its latest

editions) govern the transfer of study within the University and between institutions. (b) About 5% of the student intake of the BSc (Hons) in Building and Real Estate

Scheme (BRE Scheme) may transfer between programmes within the BRE Scheme, subject to the availability of places. Application of transfer should be made on passing Stage 1 study only. The Department will consider each application on its own individual merit. The Department reserves the right not to grant transfer within the BRE Scheme.

3. Programme Outcomes 3.1 Programme Aims of BSc (Hons) in Building Engineering & Management The BEM programme aims to produce graduates who can develop into highly competent and

professional building engineers for Hong Kong, China and the international market. It aims to equip students with the knowledge and ability in the production of buildings and facilities so that they will be able to contribute effectively to project and facilities management teams engaged in complex building projects.

Programme Outcomes Upon successful completion of the programme, the graduate is expected to have acquired the: Category A Professional/academic knowledge and skills

1. Ability to possess knowledge of building engineering principles, process and methods for the successful completion of all types of construction projects

2. Ability to use the techniques, skills and engineering principles for different types of construction

3. Ability to apply construction management knowledge and skills in personnel, financial and operation practices and communication aspects required for efficient building production

4. Ability to identify, structure and analysis diverse problems arising from the changing social, economic, environmental and technological pressures

5. Ability to solve identified construction problems with appropriate solutions 6. Ability to evaluate alternative strategic options 7. Ability to select appropriate construction materials, practices and methods in compliance with

sustainable development 8. Ability to exercise professional judgement in the consideration of alternatives in complex

situations

Category B Attributes for all-roundedness

1. Ability to possess skills to identify, analysis and solve problems 2. Ability to have an understanding of professional, social and ethical responsibilities 3. Ability to communicate effectively 4. Ability to reflect knowledge gap for life time learning 5. Ability to contribute as team member and to lead effectively. 6. Ability to identify contemporary issues.


7

3.2 Programme Aims of BSc (Hons) in Property Management The PM Programme aims to provide students with a broad-based and inter-disciplinary education

in the context of property and housing management as well as facilities and corporate asset management and to develop them as all-rounders who can understand and work with the interplay between social, economic, political, legal, technological and commercial issues and problems incidental to the property management. Students are provided with both professional and vocational knowledge in property management including its operational logistics and multi-disciplinary facets. It is intended to prepare students for a professional career in property management in Hong Kong and the region with the essential knowledge and prerequisite skills for the profession. Programme Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the programme, the students are expected to have acquired the:

Category A Professional/academic knowledge and skills

1. Ability to apply professional and vocational knowledge in property management, including its operational logistics and multi-disciplinary facets

2. Ability to identify and solve problems in property management practices 3. Ability to communicate effectively with social skills as a competent property manager 4. Ability to practise as a professional property manager in compliance with the legal and ethical

requirements of the profession 5. Ability to appreciate the multi-disciplinary dimensions of property management practices and

the interests of the stakeholders in the industry 6. Ability to explore options for the property management practices with creative and critical

mindset Category B Attributes for all-roundedness

1. Ability to possess skills to identify, analysis and solve problems 2. Ability to have an understanding of professional, social and ethical responsibilities 3. Ability to communicate effectively 4. Ability to reflect on knowledge gap for life time learning 5. Ability to contribute as team member and to lead effectively 6. Ability to identify contemporary issues

3.3 Programme Aims of BSc (Hons) in Surveying The Programme aims to prepare students with fundamental knowledge and skills in the inter-

disciplinary professions of land, property and construction for their immediate employability and lifelong learning. Graduates will enter the professions of building surveying, quantity surveying, general practice surveying or planning and development as graduate trainees but with full potentials to readily become full-fledged professional surveyors and finally take leading and strategic roles in the profession and business of land, property and construction and make contributions to the community through their chosen professional services.

Programme Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the programme, the students and expected to have acquired the:

Category A Professional/academic knowledge and skills

1. Ability to comprehend and identify issues and problems concerning land, property and

construction at project level


8

2. Ability to comprehend and identify issues and problems concerning land, property and construction at corporate level

3. Ability to comprehend and identify issues and problems concerning land, property and construction at industry level

4. Ability to comprehend and identify issues and problems concerning land, property and construction at macro socio-economic and political level

5. Ability to advise clients through rendering surveying services 6. Ability to identify, formulate and solve problems related to the surveying profession and real

estate 7. Ability to analyse and interpret data of the industry 8. Ability to formulate and implement strategies, policies and solutions for sustainable

development and construction Category B Attributes for all-roundedness

1. Ability to possess skills to identify, analysis and solve problems 2. Ability to have an understanding of professional, social and ethical responsibilities 3. Ability to communicate effectively 4. Ability to reflect on knowledge gap for life time learning 5. Ability to contribute as team member and to lead effectively 6. Ability to identify contemporary issues

4. Double Degrees Options of double degrees for the undergraduate degree programmes are as follows: 4.1 BSc (Hons) in Property Management and BA (Hons) in Social Policy and

Administration.

Double-Degree Study Pathways for BSc (Hons) in Property Management (PM) and BA (Hons) in Social Policy & Administration (SPA) (See Appendix F) jointly offered by the Department of Building & Real Estate and the Department of Applied Social Sciences (APSS) (entry from the Department of Building & Real Estate (BRE)): A. Double degrees in PM + SPA (169 credits + 2 WIE + one non-credit bearing co-curricular

activity (CCA) recognized by the Student Affairs Office (SAO).)

Expected duration: Normally 4 years

B. Single full BSc(Hons) PM (97 credits + 2 WIE + one non-credit bearing co-curricular activity (CCA) recognized by the Student Affairs Office (SAO).) + Major in Social Policy and Administration (54 credits)

Expected duration: Normally 4 years

C. Double Majors in PM and SPA (128 credits + 2 WIE + one non-credit bearing co-curricular

activity (CCA) recognized by the Student Affairs Office (SAO).) D. Major in PM plus either Minor in SPA or any minors programmes offered by the University


9

Not more than five students from BSc (Hons) PM and five students from BA (Hons) SPA will be admitted to the double-degree program, and only those with high GPA will be selected. Students have to indicate their choices of double-degree programme at the end of Semester 1 of Year One, which are subject to the approval of the two offering departments. Interviews are required by the APSS Department. BSc (Hons) PM double-degree students must follow the designated study pathway commencing from Semester 2 of Year One.

4.2 BSc (Hons) in Surveying and BA (Hons) in Design (Environment & Interior).

Double-Degree Study Pathways for BSc(Hons) in Surveying and BA(Hons) in Design (Environment & Interior (E&I)) (See Appendix G) jointly offered by the Department of Building & Real Estate and School of Design (entry from the Department of Building & Real Estate (BRE)). A. Double degrees in BSc(Hons) in Surveying and BA(Hons) in Design (E&I) (Total: 173 credits

+ 2 WIE + one non-credit bearing co-curricular activity (CCA) recognized by the Student Affairs Office (SAO).)

Expected duration: 4-year mode or 5-year mode B. Single full BSc(Hons) in Surveying (97 credits + 2 WIE + one non-credit bearing co-

curricular activity (CCA) recognized by the Student Affairs Office (SAO).) and Major in Design (E&I) (58 credits)

Expected duration: 4 years C. Double Majors: Major in Surveying and Major in Design (E&I) (Total: 130 credits + 2 WIE +

and non-credit bearing co-curricular activity (CCA) recognized by the Student Affairs Office (SAO).)

D. Major in Surveying and Design (E&I) subjects (‘minor’)** 56 credits in Surveying Major subjects plus 2 WIE and one non-credit bearing co-curricular

activity (CCA) recognized by the Student Affairs Office (SAO) + 27 credits in Design (E&I) subjects + 13 credits in Languages and 2 GE subjects = 96 credits and 2 WIE

Not more than five students from BSc (Hons) in Surveying and five students from BA in Design (E&I) will be admitted to the double-degree program, and only those with high GPA will be selected. Students have to indicate their choices of double-degree programme at the end of Semester 1 of Year One, which are subject to the approval of the two offering departments. Aptitude test and interview are required by the Design Department. BSc (Hons) in Surveying double-degree students must follow the designated study pathway of their choice. * WIE: Work Integrated Education ** ‘minor’: These subjects are open to the double-degree students only. This ‘minor’ is not the

University Minor programme.


10

5. Teaching and Learning Methods

The first year of study with its commonality provides a foundation study which explains the characteristics and multi-disciplinary nature of building and real estate industries and analyses the various components of the systems.

The second year of study will develop students’ abilities of considering and analyzing problems and issues concerning the building and real estate sectors in general, and the aspects of resources, process, production and sustainable development in particular. Sound academic and professional knowledge all-round attributes, together with communication skills, are thus developed. The final year of study further develops students’ abilities of problems solving skills, critical thinking so that they will be able to synthesize for new insights or views through dissertation and professional studies in projects. Students of all programmes are able to develop their areas of specialism or interest through studies of both core subjects and elective subjects. Both professional and all-rounded attributes are further enhanced through different studies.

Emphasis will be placed on student participation in the learning process under the close supervision and direction of academic staff to the student’s studies.

Student participation will be encouraged through:-

Tutorials. Student presentations in structured seminars. Guided reading in all subjects. Application of computer packages. Student involvement in professional studies, case studies, site visits, integrated and subject projects, guest lecturers, international study tour etc. Final year individual dissertation and team projects for integrative and professional studies.

The following major teaching and learning (T & L) methods are implemented in the programmes under the BRE Scheme:-

Interactive Lecture. Tutorial/Seminar. Project-based Learning. Self-directed Learning. E-learning. Role Play. Problem-based Learning. International Study. Industrial/Site Visits. Laboratory Studies. Coursework.

The primary objectives of the implementation of these T&L methods are to ensure students’ achievement in the acquisition of knowledge, critical thinking and all-roundedness with professional competence defined by the programme outcomes. Such constructive alignment of the T&L methods with the programme outcomes is illustrated with examples of subjects which may adopt one or two particular type(s) of T&L methods.


11

5.1 Interactive Lectures The interactive type of lecturing mode is encouraged and implemented in the programmes. The

sequence of such lectures is as follows:- (i) Briefing, concepts, principles and fundamentals are introduced and explained with the

requirement of necessary knowledge retention from students: e.g. site planning for complex tall building project, environmental sustainability in demolition and construction practices; quality and performance assessment to facilities, bench marking process, etc.

(ii) Application and case studies: Real-life building projects and cases are presented for drawing

students’ focuses and analysis on issues and solutions with the applications of principles and fundamentals learned e.g. site planning and construction of the recently completed building projects; comparison between different building projects.

(iii) De-briefing: Providing opportunities during the lecture to solicite students’ views and perceptions.

Students are encouraged to participate by raising questions and discussion. (iv) Reinforcement: Reiterating the learning objectives of the topical unit through conclusive remarks,

observations and contemporary issues. Students are encouraged to interpret issues and solutions holistically with knowledge-transfer to real-life situations and occasions e.g. site planning and construction process with considerations of speed and time of construction, cost, safety and environmental sustainability; quality and performance assessment to facilities with considerations of sustainability and management.

5.2 Tutorial/Seminar (T/S) Tutorial/Seminars supplement T&L activities and implement lectures. T/S are used to amplify

what are introduced and learned from the lectures. Students are encouraged to think critically, question and make inquiries, discuss problems/issues and make suggestions and proposals. In cases, where there are students presentations, peer discussion and criticism/review are encouraged. Other examples are students form groups of 2 to 5 and each group is given a question for discussion either in the beginning of the tutorials/seminars or given in advance. A leader is chosen to record and report important ideas to the T/S group. Students ‘buzz’ for about 10 minutes on the former case. Leaders take turns to report important points of their groups to the whole class. During reporting, teacher prompts students for explanations and suggestions. Students post up ideas to participate and inquiry, if any. Lastly, the teacher gives feedback and invites the whole class. The intended learning outcomes are an ability to communicate effectively through presentations and discussions/explanation of contemporary issues, comparing and contrasting ideas in view of different stakeholders of the industry with reference to knowledge gained during lectures. In doing so, students learn and gain the abilities delineated in the Programme Outcomes of professional/academic knowledge and competence. Moreover, all-rounded education especially in the areas of communication knowledge transfer and awareness of contemporary issues are attributed.

5.3 Project-based Learning Projects are usually open-ended and embedded with a real-life ‘research’ of information, re-visit

of issues and proposal of solution(s). Students are given project brief whereby they are asked to find/identify and analyse problems/issues and propose method(s) to solve the problems. Such project briefs involve investigation and study of problems originated from a contemporary issue (e.g. environmental problem) or building construction or real-estate related situation (e.g. housing construction or property marketing in housing) or a realistic workplace problem (e.g. design and erection of formwork and falsework for the in-situ construction of reinforced concrete school hall).


12

Students are required to actively carry out their own studies, produce reports and present solutions in teams or individually.

Quite a few number of Category B attributes are exhibited in project-based learning. The learning process and outcomes include:-

(i) The ability to identify, analyse and solve problems in their related professional studies. (ii) The ability to function as team members or as leader – it is among the group to determine

and distribute responsibilities and tasks of works to make decisions and agreement both internally and externally and to ensure work is done.

(iii) An ability to manage/control time and plan works accordingly and effectively and work

within reasonable time frame. (iv) The ability to work in partnership with the skills of negotiation: “give and take”, and

resolution of conflicts and disputes within a group selling. (v) The ability to self-evaluate performance to ensure work quality. (vi) The ability to seek advice and expert knowledge and be aware of own’s limitations and

hence be able to identify knowledge gap for further learning. (vii) An ability to differentiate performance, work and achievement priorities within given time

frame and resources. (viii) The ability to communicate effectively through aural, graphical, numerical and text

presentation.

Project-based learning method is a comprehensive approach to instruction and learning whereby students need to actively participate with self-motivation and practise with an array of multi-disciplinary knowledge and skills. The development of research skills is promoted.

Students learn through both internalization (mental process) and externalities (peer affects,

constraints, information, etc.), where these intrinsic knowledge is learned through project work in teams (groups) or individually.

Small-scaled project based learning assignments are adopted by some subjects (e.g. BRE435

Design, Adaptation & Conversion). 5.4 Guided Studies/Self-directed Learning This component of guided study and self-directed learning creates a facilitation for and a

favourable attitude towards independent learning for students. This will be one of the most important skills a student acquires from degree level education. Both student and lecturer play an active role in such learning.

Guided study/Self-directed learning is specially designed for particular subjects underpinned with

strong research and investigation studies whereby an atypical pace of study and minimal intervention by supervisors or facilitators are required. In this case is the subject Dissertation. In general, self-directed learning is individualized instruction designed from the point of view of the learner who studies individually at his own pace, place and time. However, self-discipline is required by the students for progress monitoring with specified pre-arranged regular meetings. Study programme is scheduled in the ‘table of works’ and students have to formulate problem statement, research objectives, research design and methodology; carry out literature review and investigations in a pre-determined period of time. Hence, at times, students need to adjust their


13

learning pace or content with the exercise of self-initiative and time management. The intended learning outcome is to develop life time learning abilities e.g. action plan decision making strategies, information finding abilities and achievement of targeted goals.

5.5 E-learning Electronic learning (e-learning) provides a virtual learning environment allowing students to

experience and learn similar to what they would experience in reality. In this environment, the support of computer, information technology and on-line teaching/learning platform is vital.

A web-site for a particular subject is designed to include the presentations of learning materials

(e.g. journal papers, book chapters, etc.), downloadable notes or powerpoint notes, practising exercises quizzes and assignments for the topical units of the subject. Usually teaching/learning plan of the subject with information regarding grading and weighting of examination, test and assignments/coursework are also included. Hyperlinks to both local and overseas websites of related subject topics facilitate and guide students to seek most updated information and hence gain a wider perspective and in-depth understanding of the related topics. (e.g. sustainable development and construction, assessment of building performance, etc.).

Animation and film strips are also used to explain and simulate the actual construction process.

Moreover, students can communicate among peers or with the subject lecturer through e-mails and chatroom. There are a number of e-learning subjects currently in use in the Department.

The Department actively supports web-based learning/teaching, and communication through

WebCT and SMILE learning platforms. 5.6 Role Play A scenario simulating the real world situation usually in the management or legal aspect is

adopted e.g. a ‘Group C’ contractor on the government approved list facing a crisis of unsuccessful bidding during the downturn of construction industry has to lay off some of their employees. Students are formed groups of 5-6 and engaged in different roles as the Managing Director, Contracts Manager, site staff including land surveyor and mechanics, etc. The learners portray certain roles as a way of experiencing that roles. This provides a way for students to rise up to that situation in gaining experience/s in active thinking, problem finding and solving, negotiation, decision making and reasonable behaviour. The intended learning outcomes of role play activities are higher order thinking, application of management and communication skills, appreciation of opposite views and the importance of team and leader. While students are portraying the assigned roles, other students observe and analyse the behaviours. Peer assessment is conducted.

5.7 Problem-based Learning Problem-based learning is characterized by the use of actual cases with practical

issues/problems e.g. part of the building under adaptation and conversion (e.g. the Landmark in Hong Kong): how disturbance can be minimized to the existing tenants in particular noise problem; how that part of building can be adapted and converted without disturbing the existing building services, etc. The inquiry and exploration leads to a series of learning task e.g. technical issues (environmental issues and engineering issues), communication (with tenants and sub-contractors), legal requirements, logistic of works, etc. Students, thus, gain concepts, knowledge and application within the learning process. Thus both the programme outcomes, subject outcomes and the attributes of all-roundedness are fulfilled.


14

5.8 International Study An optional overseas study tour is organized during the summer semester of year 2 during their

course of study (under the guidance of a tutor,) students are responsible for the organization and contact from the choice of destination to the arrangement of study visits to overseas academic institutions and professional/industrial establishments, transport and boarding arrangements, budget controls, logistics, division of works, etc. Usually two members of staff will accompany the students for the study tour. The duration of the study tour is about a week. On return, a study report is produced together with an open oral presentation of the studies to other student faculty, teaching faculty, mentors and sponsors. The attributes for all roundedness in this programme are learned through this organization of study tour from initiative to production.

5.9 Industrial/Site Visits Where appropriate, industrial/site visits are arranged for the students to reinforce their learning.

The choices of the construction sites are selected in relevance to the teaching and learning content/activities. Through site visits, students learn by observation of the construction activities/processes and presentation by the on-site practitioners. Students are given the opportunities to ask questions related to practices to the site workforce and professionals. They will learn the co-relation between concepts/theories and the actual work practices. Site visits provide an interactive opportunity for students to learn, communicate, reflect and interact with environment including site investigation, information collection and analysis, which may help their understanding of the taught materials and doing their related assignments later in the course.

5.10 Laboratory Studies The term 'laboratory' is given its broadest interpretation. This tends to mean the use of specialist

teaching and learning facilities where students become involved in small group or individual work which seeks to simulate the professional environment. This work is under the supervision of lecturers and technicians, and may take place in specialist teaching/learning space such as an information technology laboratory; an environmental science laboratory; a building services laboratory; a project studio or management laboratory; a building technology laboratory; or Industrial Centre (IC).

5.11 Coursework Students produce evidence of their competence through regular coursework commitments.

Properly structured coursework provides proof points of reference and stimulates precision and planned study on the students’ part and offers opportunity for diagnosis and assessment by their lecturers. Students are informed at the commencement of their programme and the expectation of each subject.


15

6. Work-Integrated Education (WIE)

All full-time students must complete 2 training credits for work-integrated education (WIE) whilst students taking sandwich course must complete 18 training credits.

The Department of Building and Real Estate has put a strong emphasis on the WIE element in the design of curriculum of all its UGC funded full-time programmes of the BRE Scheme to (i) affirm our position in offering academic programmes in a professional context; (ii) strengthen the competitive edge of our professional oriented programmes with quality learning and enhancement of employability of our students; and (iii) enhance all-round development of students.

6.1 Rationale and Philosophy

As a major provider of professional education in real estate and construction, the Department understands the importance and responsibilities of enhancing the intellectual as well as the holistic development of our students. Both the attributes for all-round (i.e. generic skills) and professional competencies are complementary. At present, the labour market is placing increasing demand on people to possess an appropriate combination of professional skills and generic skills so as to cope with a rapidly changing work environment. We hope to provide students with an education not only in the acquisition of their own area of professional specialization, but also skills that are transferable in their professional education. This will increase our students’ competitiveness in diversification and employability for multi-disciplinary work opportunities and environment in this rapidly changing socio-economic climate. WIE is a way to educate our students in learning and experiencing the multi-facets of workplace environment. We recognise however that WIE arrangements will be subject to the constraints of an industry that is both project based and comprises predominantly small and medium sized enterprises.

6.1.1 Intended Learning Outcomes of the WIE components for BSc (Hons) in Building Engineering and Management

1. To acquire on-site technical skills. 2. To identify and solve problems related to construction practice. 3. To communicate effectively. 4. To contribute as a team member and lead effectively.

6.1.2 Intended Learning Outcomes of the WIE components for BSc (Hons) in Surveying 1. To advise clients through rendering surveying services. 2. To identify, formulate and solve problems related to the surveying profession & property industry. 3. To communicate effectively. 4. To contribute as a team member and lead effectively.

6.1.3 Intended Learning Outcomes of the WIE components for BSc (Hons) in Property Management

1. To identify and solve problems in property management practices. 2. To communicate effectively with social skills as a competent property manager. 3. To contribute as a team member and lead effectively.


16

6.2 Structure of the WIE Component(s)

The WIE element in BRE will last for a minimum duration of FOUR weeks, which will take place in the summer after Stage-1 and before Stage-3 study normally, except for the programme of BSc (Hons) in Building Engineering & Management (BEM). The WIE for BEM will normally take place in the summer after Stage 1 and before Stage 2 with IC acting as placement agent and assessor. The WIE element will be mandatory for all full-time undergraduate programmes and will bear TWO training credits. The Department is aware of the University’s guideline that the learning outcomes of WIE can be geared either towards “professional knowledge and skills” or “attributes for all-roundedness and generic skills”. It is the view of the Department that, where possible, we will aim to gear our WIE activities to improve students’ professional knowledge and skills. Part of the WIE would be to embrace sandwich course provision. The Department has introduced a sandwich element (at least 10-month full-time placement in a suitable organization) in all undergraduate degree programmes since 2006/07 cohort, and together with Student Affairs Office (SAO) and Industrial Centre (IC) would assist students with arrangement for their placements in industry. This will be counted as a WIE element. In this case, it will bear TWENTY training credits. Other forms of placements such as relevant summer jobs secured by students may also be considered as WIE element. However, these activities must be endorsed by the Department and must meet the requirements of being “structured”, “measurable”, and in an organisational context. WIE for students of BSc (Hons) in Building Engineering & Management (BEM). The Department will continue to utilise IC as an agent for the on-site placements for construction projects. These activities are assessed by IC site staff on the general and work performance of the BEM students involved. The Department will monitor the assessment of these students to make sure they have achieved the intended learning outcomes at the end of the programme, so that these activities can fulfill the WIE requirements for the BEM programme.

6.3 Assessment of the WIE Component(s)

The Department adopts the following assessment methods for the WIE elements in all full-time undergraduate degree programmes except for the BEM programme. The assessment methods will include two components: (1) a reflective journal by the student, and (2) a report by the employer. For sandwich students, a log book is also required, which is essential for them to fulfill the requirement of the professional institutions. Students will be required to document their workplace learning experience in reflective journals, which will be assessed in conjunction with an assessment report by the employer to see whether the WIE learning outcomes have been achieved. The Department may form an interview panel when necessary to assess whether students have achieved the intended learning outcomes.


17

7. Programme Management/Scheme 7.1 Departmental Undergraduate Programme Committee / Scheme Committee

Composition The Composition of the Programme Committee will be as follows:- Chairperson

(i) Appointed by the Head of Department in which the Scheme is based; Members

(ii) Head, Department of Building and Real Estate; (iii) All Programme Leaders of the awards within the Scheme; (iv) A representative of each department which does not host an award but is making a

significant contribution to the subjects within the Scheme; (v) One student representative from each award offered within the Scheme.

Terms of Reference

The Department Undergraduate Programme Committee will exercise the overall academic and operational responsibility for the Scheme and its development within defined policies, procedures and regulations including the following:- (i) proposing student intake quotas for the awards within the Scheme for recommendation to

the Head of the Department;

(ii) the effective conduct, organization and development of the Scheme, including:-

ensuring the appointment of tutors as required by the Scheme (subject, year, admissions, placement, etc.), in consultation with the Head of Department;

ensuring that the Scheme is staffed and resourced to agreed levels through

recommendations to, and negotiations with, Heads of contributing departments;

ensuring the mechanics of operation is organized and effective;

the coordination of teaching and other inputs;

the nomination of proposed external examiner(s), where necessary and as required by the professional bodies, for the approval of the FB; and

the implementation of policies for monitoring student progress, student counselling,

placement, etc.

(iii) stimulation and development of teaching methods and materials through Heads of Department, subject leaders, as appropriate;

(iv) review of academic regulations, admissions policy, assessment and examination

methods;

(v) the submission of proposals and responses to appropriate professional bodies and external validating bodies via the Head of the department and in accordance with the University’s established procedures;

(vi) the continuing critical review of the aims, objectives and development of the Scheme;


18

(vii) the review and evaluation of the academic standard and the operation, health and progress of the Scheme taking into account the views of students on the Scheme;

(viii) proposing new subjects for approval by the Head of the Department and seeking

endorsement of relevant subject offering departments before incorporation into the Scheme;

(ix) proposing new awards at the advice of Head of the Department and with the agreement

of the relevant subject offering departments;

(x) the determination and review of Scheme regulations and the submission of any proposals for change in regulations or policy to FB or to ARC via FB, as appropriate;

(xi) recommending to FB the curriculum changes for the awards, for which they are

responsible, or any other matter relating to the subjects and awards within their responsibility or concerning the Scheme as a whole; and

(xii) providing an annual review of the Scheme as part of the Annual QA exercise for the

attention of FB. 7.2 The Chairperson of the Undergraduate Programme Committee The Chairperson of the Programme Committee / Scheme Chairman is nominated by the Head of

the Department and appointed by FB. The Chairperson is responsible for the day-to-day management as well as overall management of the Scheme, in particular;

(i) coordination of the management team;

(ii) administering the admissions procedure with the assistance of the Award Coordinators; (iii) liaison with FB, Heads of departments contributing to the Scheme, the Award

Coordinators within the Scheme;

(iv) external liaison on behalf of the Scheme, for example with the validating bodies and external bodies concerned with credit transfer via the Head of Department;

(v) forward planning and the development of the Scheme within the policies of the University

at the advice of the Head of the Department. 7.3 Award Co-ordinator / Programme Leader

The Award Co-ordinator or Programme Leader is responsible to the undergraduate Programme Committee Chairperson for the day-to-day management of the award. The Award Co-ordinator or Programme Leader is responsible for activities in relation to:- (i) admission and registration of students;

(ii) student progress and assessment;

(iii) student counselling including arranging counselling for student choice of subjects relevant

to their award;


19

(iv) resource management, special staffing requests, etc;

(v) providing the Faculty officers with the offering pattern of subjects for the award and

necessary information for timetabling;

(vi) liaison with undergraduate Programme Committee Chairperson, other Programme Leaders of the Scheme, relevant subject leaders and Faculty officers as required;

(vii) academic and monitoring aspects of the operation and development of the award

including review and validation;

(viii) keeping in close touch with the academic welfare and progress of students studying for that award and being aware of students’ views about the award; and

(ix) preparation and production of handbooks and other materials for distribution to students

of the Scheme jointly with other Programme Leaders. 7.4 Programme Management Committee A Programme Management Committee is responsible to monitor and control day-to-day running

of the programme. The committee comprises Programme Leader, Deputy Programme Leader and Programme Dissertation Co-ordinator and programme counselor. The committee meets at least twice per academic year to consider progress of the students as well as receiving comments from the various subject lecturers or proposed changes to the programme.

7.5 Head/Student Liaison Meeting A Head/Student Liaison Meeting, made up of the Head of Department and two student

representatives from each year (stage) of individual award (programme), shall be held every year to discuss issues of concern.

7.6 Staff/Student Liaison Group The Staff/Student Liaison Group, made up of two student representatives from each year (stage)

of the programme, the Programme co-ordinators, and the Chairperson meets twice a year to discuss any issues such as student workload, teaching methods and the relevance of the materials taught.


20

8. SUBJECT MANAGEMENT 8.1 Discipline Leader A Discipline Leader is responsible for the development of subjects within a particular discipline

area across the credit-based honours degree programmes/awards in which they appear. In particular the discipline leaders assist the Undergraduate Programme Committee Chairperson and the Programme Leaders in scheme/programmes development and they are responsible for monitoring and co-ordination of development and examination standards of subjects in that discipline area. They ensure that the needs of the various awards are met, avoiding duplication and omission of material.

8.2 Subject Leader The BRE Department adopts a team approach to teaching. Subjects are normally delivered by

more than one lecturer with one of the team members designated as the Subject Leader responsible for the development of the subject and for teaching activities of the lecturers involved.

8.3 Subject Lecturer

A Subject Lecturer is responsible for the teaching and delivery of the subject and assessing the student performance.

8.4 Subject Syllabus and Standard Subject Size Syllabus details are provided in the attached SUBJECT PORTFOLIO. Each subject has an

allocated credit value (usually but not necessarily 3 credits) and, in terms of effort, a student is expected to do 40 hours of study to earn a credit.

8.5 Subject Levels The credit-based subjects are classified according to the University Credit-based System. Each

subject is given a unique code that identifies the department offering the subject, the intellectual level and the discipline. For example, subject code BRE201 consists of the letter prefix "BRE" identifying the department as a subject offered by the Department of Building & Real Estate, "2" indicating that it is a level 2 subject, and "01" as the coding of that particular subject. The level codes are as follows:-

Level code Explanation 0 = Sub A-Level standard 1 = A-Level standard 2 = Standard comparable to Year 1 of a 3-year honours degree programme 3 = Standard comparable to Year 2 of a 3-year honours degree programme 4 = Standard comparable the final year of a 3-year honours degree programme 5 = Master’s level 6 = Doctoral level Although the level codes 2 to 4 are for undergraduate degrees, other awards may also use

subjects with level codes 2 to 4 if the level of the subject is considered to be appropriate for the level of award. Therefore, level 2 subjects, level 3 subjects and level 4 subjects may be included in different years of the programmes.


21

8.6 Requisites, Co-requisites Exclusions Each subject may have pre-requisites, co-requisites and exclusions. The pre-requisite of a

subject must have been obtained before a student registers for that subject. However, the Department has the discretion to waive the pre-requisite requirements of a subject, if deemed appropriate. If a subject X has a subject Y as a co-requisite, both X and Y must be taken in the same semester. And, if subject X has subject Y as exclusion, a student having completed subject Y cannot have subject X counted towards the award.

8.7 Credit Transfer and Subject Exemption 8.7.1 Credit Transfer will be given credits for recognized previous study, which will count towards the

award requirement. University policy stipulates that normally, not more than 50% of the normal credit requirement for the academic award may be transferable from approved institutions outside the University, and not more than 67% of the normal credit requirement for the award can be transferred from programmes within the University.

8.7.2 Subject Exemption from taking subjects means that the credits associated with the exempted

subjects will not count towards the award requirement. If a student is exempted from taking a specified subject because they have previously successfully completed similar subjects in another programme, another subject will have to be taken in order to satisfy the credit requirement.

8.8 Subject Registration

A student must register for a subject 2 weeks prior to the start of the semester in which it is offered. The schedule for subject registration includes an "add-drop" period of 2 weeks at the beginning of each semester.

9. ASSESSMENT General Assessment Regulations (GAR) of the University governs the conditions for student

assessment and progression and the recommendation of an award.

Different assessment methods including formative and summative assessments are adopted as deemed appropriate to the subjects depending on the natures of the subject disciplines and the alignment of the intend learning outcomes of the courses. The assessment methods are contained therein in the subject specifications which can be referred to at the website of the Department (www.bre.polyu.edu.hk) and are distributed to all students in the beginning of the academic year. It is also reinforce by the subject lecturers by informing the students at the learning commencement on the assessment modes, standards and criteria.

With the move to criterion-referenced assessment, rubrics are developed to assess student performance with a scoring scale along a task-specific continuousness of criteria for some subjects. Students work is evaluated against scoring standards/criteria. Such subjects are usually 100% continuous assessment, for example integrated projects, design projects, professional studies and dissertation. Innovatives, originality, research techniques, group effort, individual contribution or work, communication and presentation skills (oral and written), independence in working and co-operation with teams can be thus assessed according to the specified criteria and intended learning outcomes of the subjects.


22

In general, the student performance in each subject is assessed by coursework and examination respectively. Weightings are allocated to coursework and examination of a subject, e.g. 30% and 70%, 40% and 60% or 50% and 50% respectively. Coursework includes assignments, case studies, seminar/tutorial presentation, role playing, field work, tests and other forms of learning activities. Grades will be assigned to reflect both individual contribution and group effort in the case it is not an individual piece of work. Examination is an end of unit/subject assessment. Grades are usually awarded to the written examinations. Marking schemes are provided to ensure assessment and grading on student performance are based on criteria and standards. The quality of examination papers and marking schemes is scrutinized by the external examiners and departmental academic advisor.

Other than projects and dissertation, where appropriate, some subjects can employ 100% continuous assessment. Usually students are assessed in their performance attainment of technical skills over an extended period of time, for example, measurement, estimating & documentation, and engineering surveying. In the case of group projects, both aggregating grades and assigning grades are given to group effort and individual contribution in a group. This is to ensure that there will be no ‘non performer’. Moreover, peer interactive learning in project proposal/solutions, and different components of the project, presentations, reports and communication are inclusive in the grading for the group effort.

9.1 Assessment Methods

Students' performance in a subject is assessed by either of the following methods:- (a) Coursework only: To pass a subject by this method, a student must attain a minimum Grade

'D' in coursework (tests, assignments, projects, laboratory work, field exercises, presentations and other forms of classroom participation).

(b) Examination and Coursework (the weighting of each component is stated in the Subject

Portfolio): To pass a subject by this method a student must attain a minimum Grade 'D' in coursework and a minimum Grade 'D' in the examination.

(c) Continuous Assessment: Both Projects and Dissertation are of this type of assessment

where students are assessed through a period of time with stages of work and progress together with the final products of works. Refer to the ‘Guidance Notes for the Final Year Dissertation’ for details on the assessment and process.

Assessment methods and parameters are determined by the Subject Leader who will inform the students of the details at the beginning of each semester.

9.2 Subject Assessment Review Panel

The Subject Assessment Review Panel (SARP) is responsible for monitoring the academic standard and quality of subjects and ratifying subject grades. It meets at the end of each semester, normally in January and June. The Panel reviews the distribution of grades within a subject and finalises the grades at the end of each semester/term before submission to the Board of Examiners. The Board of Examiners will not attempt to change any grades.


23

Composition of the SARP is as follows:- Chairman: Head, Department of Building and Real Estate Members: Undergraduate Programme Committee Chairperson Associate Head (Teaching) Examination Officer (Quality) Secretary: Departmental Senior Executive Officer

9.3 Grading

At the end of each semester students will be informed of the grade achieved for each subject. Assessment grades shall be awarded on a criterion-referenced basis. A student’s overall performance in a subject shall be graded as follows:-

Subject grade

Short description

Elaboration on subject grading description

A+ Exceptionally Outstanding

The student’s work is exceptionally outstanding. It exceeds the intended subject learning outcomes in all regards.

A Outstanding The student’s work is outstanding. It exceeds the intended subject learning outcomes in nearly all regards.

B+ Very Good The student’s work is very good. It exceeds the intended subject learning outcomes in most regards.

B Good The student’s work is good. It exceeds the intended subject learning outcomes in some regards.

C+ Wholly Satisfactory The student’s work is wholly satisfactory. It fully meets the intended subject learning outcomes.

C Satisfactory The student’s work is satisfactory. It largely meets the intended subject learning outcomes.

D+ Barely Satisfactory

The student’s work is barely satisfactory. It marginally meets the intended subject learning outcomes.

D Barely Adequate

The student’s work is barely adequate. It meets the intended subject learning outcomes only in some regards.

F Inadequate The student’s work is inadequate. It fails to meet many of the intended subject learning outcomes.

The description and grade point corresponding to each grade form the basis of criterion referenced assessment of the subjects.

Subject passing grades are “A+” to “D” whilst “F” is a subject failure grade. No credit will be earned if a subject is failed. At the end of each semester/term, a Grade Point Average (GPA) will be computed as follows, and based on the grade point of all the subjects (failed subjects are included in the GPA calculation).

GPA = Subject Grade Point x Subject Credit Value n Subject Credit Value n

Where n = number of all subjects (inclusive of failed subjects) taken by the student up to and

including the latest semester/term, but for subjects which have been retaken, only the grade point obtained in the final attempt will be included in the GPA calculation.


24

Exempted, ungraded or incomplete subjects and subjects for which credit transfer has been approved without a grade assigned to it, will be excluded from the GPA calculation. In addition, subjects from which a student has been allowed to withdraw (i.e. those with the code ‘W”) will be excluded. Subject which has been given an “S” code i.e. absent from examination, will be included in the GPA calculation and will be counted as “zero” grade point. GPA is therefore the unweighted cumulative average calculated for a student, for all relevant subjects taken from the start of the programme to a particular point of time. GPA is an indicator of overall performance and is capped at 4.0.

9.4 Absence from an Assessment Component

A student who has been absent from an examination, or other form of assessment, due to illness or other causes acceptable to the SARP, may be given another examination or other form of assessment, which will be regarded as a first assessment for grading purposes. This assessment shall take place before the commencement of the following academic year. In the cases of illness, the student will be required to submit a medical certificate.

9.5 Retaking Subjects

Students may retake any subject for the purpose of improving their grade without having to seek approval, but they must retake a compulsory subject which they have failed, i.e. obtained an F grade. Retaking of subjects is with the condition that the maximum study load of 21 credits per semester is not exceeded. Students wishing to retake passed subjects will be accorded lower priority than those who are required to retake (due to failure in a compulsory subject) and can only do so if places are available. The number of retakes of a subject is not restricted. Only the grade obtained in the final attempt of retaking (even if the retake grade is lower than the original grade for originally passed subject) will be included in the calculation of the Grade Point Average (GPA). (The grades obtained in previous attempts will only be reflected in the transcript of studies.) In cases where a student takes another subject to replace a failed elective subject, the fail grade will be taken into account in the calculation of the GPA, despite the passing of the replacement subject.

10. BOARD OF EXAMINERS 10.1 Composition of Scheme/Programme Board of Examiners The membership of the Scheme Board of Examiners (BoE) will be proposed by the Scheme

Committee Chairman and ratified by the Chairman of the Faculty Board (FB). Its composition will be as follows:-

Chairperson (i) Head of the Department in which the Scheme is based; Members (ii) Undergraduate Programme Committee Chairperson; (iii) Programme Leader of the Programme within the Scheme; (iv) Programme Counsellor; (v) Examination Officer of the Department; (vi) External Examiner(s) where appointed, if available. Co-opt Members (vii) 4-5 subject leaders/lecturers Secretary: Departmental Senior Executive Officer


25

10.2 Responsibilities

The Scheme/Programme Board of Examiners (BoE) meets at the end of each semester, following the Subject Assessment Review Panel (SARP). The BoE is responsible to the Senate for making decisions concerning: a) Classification of awards; b) De-registration cases; and c) Cases with extenuating circumstance. The Scheme/Programme BoE will not attempt to change the grades for any student in any subject or condone failures. Decisions of the BoE, except those on award and de-registration cases which are straight forward, will be ratified by the Faculty Board. Any decisions by the BoE outside the general assessment regulations of the University supported by the Faculty Board, should be referred to the Academic Regulations Committee for ratification, all such cases shall be reported to the Senate. Decisions by BoE outside the programme regulations but within the general assessment regulations of the University fall within the authority of the Faculty Board (FB).

10.3 Appeals

Appeals against the decision of the Subject Assessment Review Panel / Board of Examiners must be made within 7 working days upon the public announcement of the examination results. A student should make the appeal in writing firstly to the Head of the BRE Department. The Department will inform the student of the appeal result and, if the appeal is successful, the Department will inform the Faculty.

11. PROGRESSION AND AWARD 11.1 Progression

At the end of each semester, the Board of Examiners determines whether each student is:- (i) Eligible for progression towards an award; or (ii) Eligible for an award; or (iii) Required to be de-registered from the programme. A student will have 'progressing' status unless he falls within the following categories, either of which may be regarded as grounds for de-registration from the programme:- (i) the student has exceeded the maximum period of registration; (ii) the student’s GPA is lower than 2.0 for two consecutive semesters and his Semester GPA

in the second semester is also lower than 2.0; or (iii) the student’s GPA is lower than 2.0 for three consecutive semesters. Notwithstanding, a student may be de-registered from the programme before the 'third' semester if his academic performance is poor to the extent that the BoE deems his chance of attaining a GPA of 2.0 at the end of the programme is slim or impossible.


26

11.1a For Bachelor’s degree graduation, all UGC-funded full-time students are required to complete a specified number of credits AND satisfy the following requirements:

General Education Requirement

Students have to take one General Education subject from the category of “Chinese Studies” and another from the category of “Broadening”.

Work-integrated Education (WIE) and Co-curricular Requirements

Students are required to take a credit-bearing WIE and to participate in non-credit bearing co-curricular activities before graduation. Students are advised to consult the department for details of the above requirements.

11.2 Graduation Requirement

11.2.1 A student would be eligible for award if he satisfies all the conditions listed below:

(i) Accumulation of the requisite number of credits for the particular award, as defined in the definitive programme document; and

(ii) Satisfying the residential requirement for at least 1/3 of the credits to be completed for the award he is currently enrolled, unless the professional bodies stipulate otherwise; and

(iii) Satisfying all requirements as defined in the definitive programme document and as specified by the University; and

(iv) Having a Grade Point Average (GPA) of 2.0 or above at the end of the programme; and (v) Satisfying other requirements as stipulated in the definitive programme document e.g.

Work-integrated education (WIE), co-curricular activities (CCA), GSLPA and other language requirements.

A student is required to graduate as soon as all the conditions for award are satisfied.

11.3 Guidelines for Award Classification

The following are guidelines for the Boards of Examiners’ reference in determining award classifications. The BoE will exercise its judgement as to the award for each student and may use other relevant information.

Hons Degrees

All other Programmes

Guidelines GPA or weighted GPA (see Note)

1st

Distinction The student’s performance/attainment is outstanding,

and identifies him/her as exceptionally able in the field covered by the programme in question.

3.7+ to 4

2:i

Credit The student has reached a standard of performance/attainment which is more than satisfactory but less than outstanding.

3.2 + to 3.7-

2:ii

Pass

The student has reached a standard of performance/attainment judged to be satisfactory, and clearly higher than the “essential minimum” required for graduation.

2.3+ to 3.2-

3rd

The student has attained the “essential minimum” required for graduation at a standard ranging from just adequate to just satisfactory.

2.0 to 2.3-

Note: “+” sign denotes ‘equal to and more than’; “-“ sign denotes ‘less than’.


27

11.4 A Pass-without-Honours degree award will be recommended only under exceptional circumstances. For example, the student has demonstrated a level of final attainment which is below the ‘essential minimum’ required for graduation with Honours from the programme in question. In such a case, though he has nonetheless covered the prescribed work of the programme in an adequate fashion, he fails to show sufficient evidence of the intellectual calibre expected of Honours degree graduates.

Appendix A Progression Pattern BSc (Hons) in Building Engineering & Management Stage 1 (1st semester) Stage 1 (2nd semester) Stage 1 (Summer semester) BRE212 BRE218 BRE291 LSGI2961 IC301 ELC2401 CBS2080 AMA

Construction Materials Integrated Project I Construction Technology I Engineering Surveying Industrial Safety I University English for FCLU Fundamentals of Chinese Communication Remedial Mathematics

AMA290 BRE2031 BRE204 BRE2921 GEC*** ELC3403 or ELC3404*

Engineering Mathematics Environmental Science Structure I Management for CRE General Education Subjects Workplace English for FCLU Job Application Skills

WIE

Stage 2 (1st semester) Stage 2 (2nd semester) Stage 2 (Summer semester) BRE302 BRE377 BRE391 BRE3931 CSE290 GEC*** BRE398 (E)

Structure II Research Methods Construction Technology II Temporary Work Design Introduction to Geotechnology General Education Subjects Building Information Modelling

BRE324 BRE349 BRE345 BRE3931 BRE350 BRE351 BRE326 (E)**## BRE477

Engineering Economics Building Services I Measurement, Documentation & Estimating Temporary Work Design Project Management & Procurement Contract Administration Maintenance Technology & Management Dissertation

BRE3931 Temporary Work Design International study BRE477 Dissertation

Stage 3 (1st semester) Stage 3 (2nd semester) BRE3931 BRE477 BRE4051 BRE401 BRE426 BRE442 (E)** BRE450 (E) **### BSE332 (E)**

Temporary Work Design Dissertation Project Evaluation & Development Construction Technology III Geotechnical & Foundation Engg. Forecasting and Competition in the Built Environment Building Maintenance for Sustainability Fire Services

BRE4051 BRE4281 BRE453 BRE439 (E)** BRE477

Project Evaluation & Development Construction Engineering Mgt. Building Services II Engineering Contract Procedure Dissertation

NOTE:** BEM students are required to opt TWO elective subjects out of the list offered by the Department and as specified: at least ONE elective from the following engineering elective subjects: BRE326, BSE332, BRE398 and BRE450

* ELC3404 (1 credit) shall be taken exclusively by the PolyU Higher Diploma Holders obtaining credit transfer of ELC3401 (2 credits) only instead of ELC3403. *** Students are required to take 4 GE credits, 2-credit GE subject must he from “China Studies” and the other 2-credit from “Broadening” ## Students can opt for BRE326 prior to taking BRE450. ###Students who have opted for BRE450 prior to BRE326, they will not be allowed to opt for BRE326 afterwards. (E) Elective # Students who opt for sandwich programme study will have year 3 out to work in professional establishments to gain relevant work experiences. The minimum duration is 40 weeks which equate to 20 training credits. This is counted as work-integrated education (WIE)

Appendix B Progression Pattern Summary BSc (Hons) in Property Management Stage 1 (1st semester) Stage 1 (2nd semester) Stage 1 (Summer semester) BRE291 BRE206 BRE217 BRE218 IC301 ELC2401 CBS2080

Construction Technology I The Legal Context for Construction & Real Estate (CRE) Planning and Development Integrated Project I Industrial Safety University English for FCLU Fundamentals of Chinese Communication

BRE2921 BRE2031 BRE216 BRE337 GEC*** ELC3403 or ELC3404*

Management for CRE Environmental Science Economics for Construction & Real Estate Property Law General Education Subjects Workplace English for FCLU Job Application Skills

WIE (Summer Semester of either year 1 or year 2)

Stage 2 (1st semester) Stage 2 (2nd semester) Stage 2 (Summer semester) BRE336 BRE377 BRE341 BRE315 BRE397 BRE348 GEC***

Development Control Law Research Methods Property Management I Property Valuation Property Management Accounting Integrated Project II General Education Subject

BRE326 BRE345 BRE347 BRE319 BRE348 BRE432 BRE477

Maintenance Technology and Management Measurement, Documentation & Estimating Urban & Construction Economics Property Investment & Finance Integrated Project II Property Management II Dissertation

BRE348 Integrated Project II: International Study WIE (Summer Semester of either year 1 or year 2) BRE477 Dissertation

Stage 3 (1st semester) Stage 3 (2nd semester) BRE348 BRE477 BRE438 BRE415 (E)** BRE4291 (E)** APSS265(E)** APSS409 (E)**

Integrated Project II Dissertation Property Management Practice Dispute Resolution Real Estate Marketing Self-understanding & Communication Skills Health Policy and Administration

BRE438 BRE431 BRE437 BRE418 (E)** APSS406(E)** BRE477

Property Management Practice Housing Studies Facility Management Real Estate Development Managing Human Services in Changing Context Dissertation

NOTE:** PM students are required to opt TWO elective subjects out of the list of elective subjects offered by the Departments. * ELC3404 (1 credit) shall be taken exclusively by the PolyU Higher Diploma Holders obtaining credit transfer of ELC3401 (2 credits) only instead of ELC3403. *** Students are required to take 4 GE credits, 2-credit GE subject must he from “China Studies” and the other 2-credit from “Broadening” (E) Elective # Students who opt for sandwich programme study will have year 3 out to work in professional establishments to gain relevant work experiences. The

minimum duration is 40 weeks which equate to 20 training credits. This is counted as work-integrated education (WIE).

Appendix C Progression Pattern Summary BSc (Hons) in Surveying Stage 1 (1st semester) Stage 1 (2nd semester) Stage 1 (Summer semester) BRE291 BRE206 BRE217 BRE218 IC301 ELC2401 CBS2080

Construction Technology I The Legal Context for Construction & Real Estate (CRE) Planning and Development Integrated Project I Industrial Safety University English for FCLU Fundamentals of Chinese Communication

BRE2921 BRE2031 BRE216 BRE337 GEC*** ELC3403 or ELC3404*

Management for CRE Environmental Science Economics for Construction & Real Estate Property Law General Education Subjects Workplace English for FCLU Job Application Skills

WIE (Summer Semester of either year 1 or year 2)

Stage 2 (1st semester) Stage 2 (2nd semester) Stage 2 (Summer semester) BRE391 BRE336 BRE341 BRE315 GEC*** BRE377

Construction Technology II Development Control Law Property Management I Property Valuation General Education Subjects Research Methods

BRE326 BRE345 BRE347 BRE319 BRE350 BRE346 BRE477

Maintenance Technology and Management Measurement, Documentation & Estimating Urban & Construction Economics Property Investment & Finance Project Management & Procurement Integrated Project IIA Dissertation

BRE346 Integrated Project IIA: International Study WIE (Summer Semester of either year 1 or year 2) BRE477 Dissertation

Stage 3 (1st semester) Stage 3 (2nd semester) BRE346 BRE477 BRE441 BRE329

Integrated Project IIA Dissertation Professional Studies Construction Contract Law

BRE441 BRE477

Professional Studies Dissertation

**BS Discipline-Specific Elective Subjects: BRE415

Dispute Resolution

BRE435 BRE437 BRE349

Design, Adaptation & Conversion Facility Management Building Services I

**QS Discipline-Specific Elective Subjects: BRE415 BRE440 BRE442

Dispute Resolution Cost and Value Management Forecasting & Competition in the Built Environment

BRE439

Engineering Contract Procedure

**GP Discipline-Specific Elective Subjects: BRE4291 BRE436

Real Estate Marketing Applied Property Valuation

BRE418 BRE427

Real Estate Development Applied Property Investment

NOTE:** Surveying students are required to opt ONE Discipline from the 3 surveying disciplines offered Building Surveying (BS), General Practice Surveying (G) and Quantity (QS) by the Department. * ELC3404 (1 credit) shall be taken exclusively by the PolyU Higher Diploma Holders obtaining credit transfer of ELC3401 (2 credits) only instead of ELC3403. *** Students are required to take 4 GE credits, 2-credit GE subject must he from “China Studies” and the other 2-credit from “Broadening” # Students who opt for sandwich programme study will have year 3 out to work in professional establishments to gain relevant work experiences. The

minimum duration is 40 weeks which equate to 20 training credits. This is counted as work-integrated education (WIE).

Appendix D

A) Study Pathway for Double Degrees in BSc (Hons) in Property Management and BA

(Honours) in Social Policy and Administration

SPA

Common Foundation

CreditsSPA Profession Core

CreditsSPA Integrative Subjects

CreditsSPA Social Sciences

Credits BRE Subjects Credits Total Credits Per Year

Year I Semester 1

BRE218 Integrated Project I BRE291 Construction Technology I BRE206 The Legal Context for CRE BRE217 Planning and Development IC301 Industrial Safety ELC2401 University English for FCLU CBS2080 Fundamentals of Chinese Communication

3

3

3

3

1

3

3

Semester 2

APSS234 Introduction to Social Service in Hong Kong APSS451 Social Policy

3

3

BRE216 Economics for Construction & Real Estate BRE2921 Management for CRE BRE2031 Environmental Science BRE337 Property Law GEC General Education 1 #ELC3403 Workplace English for FCLU

3

3

3

3

2

3

Summer Term

Professional SPA Core Elective*

6 Work-integrated education (WIE)@

(note @)

2

Year II Semester 1

APSS265 Self Understanding & Communication Skills

3 APSS230 Introduction to Human Service Professions

3

BRE336 Development Control Law BRE341 Property Management I BRE315 Property Valuation GEC General Education 2 BRE397 Property Management Accounting BRE377 Research Methods BRE348 Integrated Project II

3

3

3

2

3

2

c/f

Semester 2

APSS323 Government and Public Administration

3

BRE348 Integrated Project II BRE345 Measurement, Documentation & Estimating BRE326 Maintenance Technology and Management BRE347 Urban & Construction Economics BRE319 Property Investment & Finance BRE432 Property Management II BRE477 Dissertation

c/f

3

3

3

3

3

c/f

Summer Term

BRE477 Dissertation BRE348 Integrated Project II: international study Work-integrated education (WIE)

c/f

6

(note @)

Year III

Semester 1

APSS229 Introduction to Politics Professional SPA Core Elective*

3

3

APSS222 Introduction to Psychology APS232 Introduction to Sociology

3

3

BRE348 Integrated Project II BRE477 Dissertation BRE438 Property Management Practice BRE415 Dispute Resolution (E)* (3 credits) BRE4291 Real Estate Marketing (E)* (3 credits) APSS409 Health Policy and Administration (E)* (3 credits) APSS265 Self understanding and Communication Skills (E)* (3 credits) ##

6

c/f

) 6 ) ) two ) electives) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) )

Semester 2

Professional SPA Core Elective*

3 BRE418 Real Estate Development (E)* APSS328 Programme Planning and Evaluation (E)* (3 credits) ## APSS406 Managing Human Services in Changing Context (E)* (3 credits) BRE438 Property Management Practice BRE437 Facility Management BRE431 Housing Studies

) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) )

6

3

3

Summer Term

APSS4681 Professional Attachment

9

Year IV

Semester 1

APSS347 The Art of Reasoning

3 APSS456 Ethics and Social Administration Professional SPA Core Elective*

3

6

Social Sciences Elective #

3

Semester 2

APSS327 Social Policy and Decision Making APSS455 Advanced Management in Human Services Professional SPA Core Elective*

3

3

3

APSS460 Integrative Seminar in Social Policy and Administrat-ion

3 Social Sciences Elective # APSS231 Hong Kong Society

3

3

Sub-total credits 6 45 3 + 9 (clinical/field)

15 97

SPA subjects = 69 credits + 9 clinical/field credits PM subjects = 97 credits + 2 WIE

Total credits for the programme: 166 credits + 9 clinical/field credits + 2 WIE

Study Pathway for double degrees for those students who enter from BRE (i.e. BRE entry) BSc (Hons) in Property Management: 97 credits (including GE and EIW) + 2 WIE training credits

Electives: BRE415 (E)* Dispute Resolution BRE4291 (E)* Real Estate Marketing BRE418 (E)* Real Estate Development APSS409 (E)* Health Policy and Administration APSS406 (E)* Managing Human Service in Changing Context APSS3220(E)* Doing Policy Research APSS292(E)* Chinese Politics Either APSS265## Self-understanding and Communication Skills or APSS328 (E)*## Programme Planning and

Evaluation

(E)* - Elective subjects (each of 3 credits); select 2 out of the same. ## - Double-degree students who have taken APSS265 as compulsory subject in SPA are to choose APSS328 Programme

Planning and Evaluation as one of the elective subjects instead. @ - WIE can be taken by the students in summer semester of either Year 1 or Year 2 or Year 3. # ELC3404 (1 credit) Job Application Skills shall be exclusively taken by PolyU Higher Diploma holders obtaining

credit transfer of ELC3401 (2 credits) only instead of ELC3403.

BA(Hons) in Social Policy and Administration: 78 credits (including professional attachment) (no duplication of GE and Languages which are taken by students in BRE) * In order to fulfill the SPA curriculum requirement, students have to take 7 out of the 14 Professional Core Electives (At least

3 subjects at level 4).

Level 3 Level 4 APSS322 Financial Management in Human Services APSS4001 Environment Policy and Administration APSS3220 Doing Policy Research APSS405 Educational Policy and Administration APSS324 Human Capital Development APSS406 Managing Human Services in Changing Context APSS328 Programme Planning and Evaluation APSS408 Labour and Manpower Policy and AdministrationAPSS330 Information Systems for Human Services APSS409 Health Policy and Administration APSS340 Political Economy of Hong Kong APSS410 Welfare Policy and Administration APSS349 Comparative Social Policy and Administration APSS352 Marketing Strategies and Skills in Human

Services

# Students are recommended to take 2 out of the 6 Social Sciences Electives.

APSS292 Chinese Politics APSS344 Self, Culture and Society APSS326 Social Psychology APSS346 Social Structure and Social Theory APSS341 Contemporary Social Issues APSS401 Organizational Psychology

Total: 175 academic credits (97 in PM and 78 in SPA) + 2 WIE training credits for 2 full degrees (PM & SPA) in 4 years. Note: For those students pursuing double-degree option who only manage to complete 151 academic credits + 2 WIE training credits in 4 years, they will be awarded a PM full degree and SPA as major. [For a single degree BSc(Hons) in Property Management: 97 credits (including GE and Languages) + 2 WIE training credits in 3 years] Subjects for Major in Social Policy & Administration (54 credits) APSS222 Introduction to Psychology APSS229 Introduction to Politics APSS230 Introduction to Human Service Professions APSS231 Hong Kong Society APSS232 Introduction to Sociology APSS234 Introduction to Social Services in Hong Kong APSS265 Self Understanding and Communication Skills APSS323 Government and Public Administration APSS327 Social Policy and Decision Making APSS347 The Art of Reasoning APSS451 Social Policy APSS456 Ethics and Social Administration 6 subjects out of the following (at least 2 subjects from Level 4): APSS322 Financial Management in Human Services APSS324 Human Capital Development APSS328 Programme Planning and Evaluation APSS330 Information Systems for Human Services APSS340 Political Economy of Hong Kong APSS349 Comparative Social Policy and Administration APSS352 Marketing Strategies and Skills in Human Services APSS4001 Environment Policy and Administration APSS405 Educational Policy and Administration APSS406 Managing Human Services in Changing Context APSS408 Labour and Manpower Policy and Administration APSS409 Health Policy and Administration APSS410 Welfare Policy and Administration

B) Single Full Degree in PM + 2 WIE and Major in SPA (total: 151 credits) Subjects for Major in Social Policy & Administration (54 credits) APSS222 Introduction to Psychology APSS229 Introduction to Politics APSS230 Introduction to Human Service Professions APSS231 Hong Kong Society APSS232 Introduction to Sociology APSS234 Introduction to Social Services in Hong Kong APSS265 Self Understanding and Communication Skills APSS323 Government and Public Administration APSS327 Social Policy and Decision Making APSS347 The Art of Reasoning APSS451 Social Policy APSS456 Ethics and Social Administration 6 subjects out of the following (at least 2 subjects from Level 4): APSS322 Financial Management in Human Services APSS324 Human Capital Development APSS328 Programme Planning and Evaluation APSS330 Information Systems for Human Services APSS340 Political Economy of Hong Kong APSS349 Comparative Social Policy and Administration APSS352 Marketing Strategies and Skills in Human Services APSS4001 Environment Policy and Administration APSS405 Educational Policy and Administration APSS406 Managing Human Services in Changing Context APSS408 Labour and Manpower Policy and Administration APSS409 Health Policy and Administration APSS410 Welfare Policy and Administration * Students taking a full BSc (Hons) in PM plus Major in SPA or taking Double Majors in PM & SPA should take BRE431

Housing Studies instead of APSS404 Housing Policy & Administration as one of the electives. C) Double Majors in PM and SPA (128 credits + 2 WIE) Languages and General Education Subjects (13 credits) ELC2401 University English for FCLU (3 credits)

#ELC3403 Workplace English for FCLU (3 credits) CBS2080 Fundamentals of Chinese Communication (3 credits) GE General Education Subject (2 credits) GE General Education Subject (2 credits) Subjects for Major in Property Management (55 credits) BRE2031 Environmental Science BRE206 The Legal Context for CRE BRE216 Economics for Construction & Real Estate BRE217 Planning and Development BRE218 Integrated Project I BRE291 Construction Technology I BRE2921 Management for CRE BRE315 Property Valuation BRE319 Property Investment & Finance BRE326 Maintenance Technology and Management BRE336 Development Control Law BRE337 Property Law BRE341 Property Management I BRE347 Urban and Construction Economics BRE348 Integrated Project II BRE431* Housing Studies BRE432 Property Management II IC301 Industrial Safety 2 WIE

Subjects for Major in Social Policy & Administration (54 credits) APSS222 Introduction to Psychology APSS229 Introduction to Politics APSS230 Introduction to Human Service Professions APSS231 Hong Kong Society APSS232 Introduction to Sociology APSS234 Introduction to Social Services in Hong Kong APSS265 Self Understanding and Communication Skills APSS323 Government and Public Administration APSS327 Social Policy and Decision Making APSS347 The Art of Reasoning APSS451 Social Policy APSS456 Ethics and Social Administration Six subjects out of the following (at least 2 subjects from Level 4): APSS322 Financial Management in Human Services APSS324 Human Capital Development APSS328 Programme Planning and Evaluation APSS330 Information Systems for Human Services APSS340 Political Economy of Hong Kong APSS349 Comparative Social Policy and Administration APSS352 Marketing Strategies and Skills in Human Services APSS4001 Environment Policy and Administration APSS405 Educational Policy and Administration APSS406 Managing Human Services in Changing Context APSS408 Labour and Manpower Policy and Administration APSS409 Health Policy and Administration APSS410 Welfare Policy and Administration 6 credits can be taken from either PM subjects offered by BRE or SPA subjects offered by APSS to make up the total credits for double majors 128 credits * Students taking a full BSc (Hons) in PM plus Major in SPA or taking Double Majors in PM & SPA should take BRE431

Housing Studies instead of APSS404 Housing Policy & Administration as one of the electives. # ELC3404 (1 credit) Job Application Skills shall be exclusively taken by PolyU Higher Diploma holders obtaining credit

transfer of ELC3401 (2 credits) only instead of ELC3403. D) Major in PM and Minor** in SPA (98 credits) Languages and General Education Subjects (13 credits) ELC2401 University English for FCLU (3 credits)

#ELC3403 Workplace English for FCLU (3 credits) CBS2080 Fundamentals of Chinese Communication (3 credits) GE General Education Subject (2 credits) GE General Education Subject (2 credits) Subjects for Major in Property Management (55 credits + 2 WIE) BRE2031 Environmental Science BRE206 The Legal Context for CRE BRE216 Economics for Construction & Real Estate BRE217 Planning and Development BRE218 Integrated Project I BRE291 Construction Technology I BRE2921 Management for CRE BRE315 Property Valuation BRE319 Property Investment & Finance BRE326 Maintenance Technology and Management BRE336 Development Control Law BRE337 Property Law BRE341 Property Management I BRE347 Urban and Construction Economics BRE348 Integrated Project II BRE431* Housing Studies BRE432 Property Management II IC301 Industrial Safety 2 WIE

Minor** in Social Policy & Administration (18 credits) Elect a total of 6 SPA subjects out of the following 12 SPA subjects to make up the requirement of Minor in SPA Subjects Common Foundation APSS265 Self Understanding and Communication Skills (3 credits) APSS347 The Art of Reasoning (3 credits) Professional Core (Compulsory) APSS229 Introduction to Politics (3 credits) APSS234 Introduction to Social Services in Hong Kong (3 credits) APSS323 Government and Public Administration (3 credits) APSS327 Social Policy and Decision Making (3 credits) APSS331 Management in Human Services (3 credits) APSS451 Social Policy (3 credits) Professional Core (Elective) APSS322 Financial Management in Human Services (3 credits) APSS328 Programme Planning and Evaluation (3 credits) APSS324 Human Capital Development (3 credits) APSS352 Marketing Strategies and Skills in Human Services (3 credits) 12 credits can be taken from either PM subjects or SPA subjects to make up the 98 credits. * Students taking a full BSc (Hons) in PM plus Major in SPA or taking Double Majors in PM & SPA should take BRE431

Housing Studies instead of APSS404 Housing Policy & Administration as one of the electives. ** Double-degree students of PM and SPA can choose either a Minor in SPA or any minor programmes provided by

university. # ELC3404 (1 credit) Job Application Skills shall be exclusively taken by PolyU Higher Diploma holders obtaining credit

transfer of ELC3401 (2 credits) only instead of ELC3403.

Appendix E Four-Year Double Degree Progression Pattern A. Double Degrees in BSc (Hons) in Surveying & BA (Hons) in Design (E & I) (173 credits + 2 WIE)

Progression pattern for students entering through BRE

Year 1 Sem 1 BRE291 Construction Technology 1 3 BRE206 The Legal Context for CRE 3 BRE217 Planning and Development 3 BRE218 Integrated Project 1 3 IC301 Industrial Safety 1 BRE345 Measurement, Documentation & Estimating 3 GE1 General Education 1 2 BRE 16 CBS2080 Fundamentals of Chinese Communication 3 GE/LANG 8 ELC2401 University English for FCLU 3 TOT 24 Year 1 Sem 2 BRE2921 Management for CRE 3 BRE2031 Environmental Science 3 BRE216 Economics for CRE 3 BRE337 Property Law 3 BRE326 Maintenance Technology and Management 3 BRE347 Urban & Construction Economics 3 BRE 18

#ELC3403 Workplace English for FCLU 3 GE/LANG 3 TOT 21

Year 2 Sem 1 BRE391 Construction Technology 2 3 BRE315 Property Valuation 3 BRE336 Development Control Law 3 BRE337 Research Methods 2 BRE341 Property Management 1 3 BRE 14 GE2 General Education 2 2 GE 2 SD2000 Design Thinking 1 SD2534 Visualisation Skills (E+I) 5 SD 8 GEC275 Hong Kong Lifestyle Design 2 TOT 24 Year 2 Sem 2 BRE319 Property & Investment Finance 3 BRE350 Project Management & Procurement 3 BRE346 Integrated Project 2A 2 BRE477 Dissertation 2 BRE 10 SD2081 Introduction to Culture and Theory 2 SD Elective 3 SD 3040 Design in Business 3 SD Elective 3 SD 13 GEC276 Cultural Research Methodologies 2 TOT 23 Year 2 Sem 3 BRE346 Integrated Project 2A (International Study Tour) 2 BRE477 Dissertation 2 WIE* 2 BRE 4 TOT 4

Year 3 Sem 1 BRE477 Dissertation 2 BRE441 Professional Studies 3 BRE329 Construction Contract Law 3 BRE Discipline-Specific Elective 1 3 BRE Discipline-Specific Elective 2 3 BRE 14 SD2532 Introduction to E+I Design - Technology 1: Materials & Construction 3 SD2531 Introduction to E+I Design - Theory 1: Body & Space 3 SD 6 TOT 20 Year 3 Sem 2 BRE441 Professional Studies 3 BRE Discipline-Specific Elective 3 2 BRE Discipline-Specific Elective 4 3 BRE 8 SD2537 E+I Design Studio 1.1 - Theory 2: Psychology & Space 3 SD2538 E+I Design Studio 1.2 - Tools 1: Communication 2 SD2539 E+I Design Studio 1.3 - Technology 2: Construction & Services 4 SD 9 TOT 17 Year 3 Sem 3 SD3592 Internship (E+I) 3 SD 3 TOT 3

Year 4 Sem 1 SD3030 Design Studio 2.1 - Cultural Research 2 SD3531 E+I Design Studio 2.2 - Tools 2: Advanced Visualisation 3 SD3532 E+I Design Studio 2.3 - Technology 3 : Systems & Materials 4 SD4532 Independent Study 3 SD2080 Introduction to Design History from 19th Century to 21st Century 2 SD3080 Introduction to Design in China, Japan & Korea 2 SD Elective 3 SD 19 TOT 19 Year 4 Sem 2 SD3533 E+I Design Studio 3.1 - Theory 3: Analysis & Space 3 SD3534 E+I Design Studio 3.2 - Technology 4: Sustainability 6 SD4533 Final Project (E+I) 9 SD 18 TOT 18 Exit with Double Degrees 171 CREDITS (84 BRE, 76 SD, 11 GE/LANG) + 2 WIE* * WIE can be taken in summer term of either Year 1 or Year 2 Design subjects BRE subjects Common subjects: Languages & General Education subjects

# ELC3404 (1 credit) Job Application Skills shall be exclusively taken by PolyU Higher Diploma holders obtaining credit transfer of ELC3401 (2 credits) only instead of ELC3403.

B). Five Year Double Progression Pattern

A. Double Degrees in BSc (Hons) in Surveying & BA (Hons) in Design (E & I) B. Single full BSc (Hons) in Surveying (97 credits + 2 WIE & Major in Design ( E & I)

(173 credits + 2 WIE) [58 credits]

Progression pattern for students entering through BRE Progression pattern for students entering through BRE

Year 1 Sem 1 Year 1 Sem 1

BRE291 Construction Technology 1 3 BRE291 Construction Technology 1 3

BRE206 The Legal Context for CRE 3 BRE206 The Legal Context for CRE 3

BRE218 Integrated Project 1 3 BRE218 Integrated Project 1 3

BRE217 Planning and Development 3 BRE217 Planning and Development 3

IC301 Industrial Safety 1 BRE 13 IC301 Industrial Safety 1 BRE 13

ELC2401 University English for FCLU 3 LANG 6 ELC2401 University English for FCLU 3 LANG 6

CBS2080 Fundamentals of Chinese Communication 3 CBS2080 Fundamentals of Chinese Communication 3

TOT 19 TOT 19


BRE2921 Management for CRE 3 BRE2921 Management for CRE 3

BRE2031 Environmental Science 3 BRE2031 Environmental Science 3

BRE216 Economics for CRE 3 BRE216 Economics for CRE 3

BRE337 Property Law 3 BRE 12 BRE337 Property Law 3 BRE 12

#ELC3403 Workplace English for FCLU 3 #ELC3403 Workplace English for FCLU 3

GEC General Education 1 2 GE/LANG 5 GEC General Education 1 2 GE/LANG 5

TOT 17 TOT 17


BRE391 Construction Technology 2 3 BRE391 Construction Technology 2 3

BRE345 Measurement, Documentation & Estimating 3 BRE345 Measurement, Documentation & Estimating 3

BRE336 Development Control Law 3 BRE336 Development Control Law 3

BRE341 Property Management 1 3 BRE341 Property Management 1 3

BRE315 Property Valuation 3 BRE315 Property Valuation 3

BRE377 Research Methods 2 BRE377 Research Methods 2

BRE346 Integrated Project 2A 2 BRE 19 BRE346 Integrated Project 2A 2 BRE 19

GEC General Education 2 2 GE 2 GEC General Education 2 2 GE 2

SD2000 Design Thinking 1 SD2000 Design Thinking 1

GEC275 Hong Kong Lifestyle Design 2 SD 3 GEC275 Hong Kong Lifestyle Design 2 SD 3

TOT 24 TOT 24


BRE326 Maintenance Technology and Management 3 BRE326 Maintenance Technology and Management 3

BRE347 Urban & Construction Economics 3 BRE347 Urban & Construction Economics 3

BRE319 Property Investment & Finance 3 BRE319 Property Investment & Finance 3

BRE350 Project Management & Procurement 3 BRE350 Project Management & Procurement 3

BRE346 Integrated Project 2A 1 BRE346 Integrated Project 2A 1

BRE477 Dissertation 2 BRE 15 BRE477 Dissertation] 2 BRE 15

SD2081 Introduction to Culture and Theory 2 SD2081 Introduction to Culture and Theory 2

GEC276 Cultural Research Methodologies 2 SD 4 GEC276 Cultural Research Methodologies 2 SD 4

TOT 19 TOT 19


BRE346 Integrated Project 2A (International Study Tour) 1 BRE346 Integrated Project 2A (International Study Tour) 1

BRE477 Dissertation 2 BRE477 Dissertation 2

WIE* 2 BRE 3 WIE* 2 BRE 3

TOT 3 TOT 3


BRE477 Dissertation 2 BRE477 Dissertation 2

BRE441 Professional Studies 3 BRE441 Professional Studies 3

BRE329 Construction Contract Law 3 BRE329 Construction Contract Law 3

BRE Discipline-Specific Elective 1 3 BRE Discipline-Specific Elective 1 3

BRE Discipline-Specific Elective 2 3 BRE 14 BRE Discipline-Specific Elective 2 3 BRE 14

SD2532 Introduction to E+I Design - Technology 1: Materials and Construction 3 SD2532 Introduction to E+I Design - Technology 1: Materials and Construction 3

SD2531 Introduction to E+I Design - Theory 1: Body and Space 3 SD 6 SD2531 Introduction to E+I Design - Theory 1: Body and Space 3 SD 6

TOT 20 TOT 20


BRE441 Professional Studies 2 BRE441 Professional Studies 2

BRE Discipline-Specific Elective 3 3 BRE Discipline-Specific Elective 3 3

BRE Discipline-Specific Elective 4 3 BRE 8 BRE Discipline-Specific Elective 4 3 BRE 8

SD2537 E+I Design Studio 1.1 - Theory 2: Psychology and Space 3 SD2537 E+I Design Studio 1.1 - Theory 2: Psychology and Space 3

SD2538 E+I Design Studio 1.2 - Tools 1: Communication 2 SD2538 E+I Design Studio 1.2 - Tools 1: Communication 2

SD2539 E+I Design Studio 1.3 - Technology 2: Construction and Services 4 SD 9 SD2539 E+I Design Studio 1.3 - Technology 2: Construction and Services 4 SD 9

TOT 17 TOT 17


SD3030 Design Studio 2.1 - Cultural Research 2 SD3030 Design Studio 2.1 - Cultural Research 2

SD3080 Introduction to Design in China, Japan and Korea 2 SD3080 Introduction to Design in China, Japan and Korea 2

SD3531 E+I Design Studio 2.2 - Tools 2: Advanced Visualisation 3 SD3531 E+I Design Studio 2.2 - Tools 2: Advanced Visualisation 3

SD2534 Visualisation Skills (E+I) 5 SD2534 Visualisation Skills (E+I) 5

SD3532 E+I Design Studio 2.3 - Technology 3: Systems and Materials 4 SD3532 E+I Design Studio 2.3 - Technology 3: Systems and Materials 4

SD2080 Introduction to Design History from 19th century to 21st century 2 SD2080 Introduction to Design History from 19th century to 21st century 2

SD Elective 3 SD 21 SD Elective 3 SD 21

TOT 21 TOT 21


SD3533 E+I Design Studio 3.1 - Theory 3: Analysis and Space 3 SD3533 E+I Design Studio 3.1 - Theory 3: Analysis and Space 3

SD3534 E+I Design Studio 3.2 -Technology 4: Sustainability 6 SD3534 E+I Design Studio 3.2 -Technology 4: Sustainability 6

SD3040 Design in Business 3 SD3040 Design in Business 3

SD Elective 3 SD 15 SD Elective 3 SD 15

TOT 15 TOT 15

B. Exit with BRE Degree and Design Major * WIE can be taken in summer term of either year 1 or year 2

155 CREDITS (88 BRE, 58 SD, 9 GE/LANG) + 2 WIE#

# ELC3404 (1 credit) Job Application Skills shall be exclusively taken by PolyU Higher Diploma holders obtaining credit transfer of ELC3401 (2 credits) only instead of ELC3403.

Y4S3

SD3592 Internship (E+I) 3 SD 3

TOT 3

Year 5 Sem 1

SD Elective 3

SD4532 Independent Study 3 SD 6

TOT 6

Year 5 Sem 2

SD4533 Final Project (E+I) 9 SD 9

TOT 9

Exit with Double Degree

173 CREDITS (76 SD, 86 BRE, 11 GE/LANG) + 2 WIE#

* WIE can be taken in summer term of either Year 1 or Year 2

#ELC3404 (1 credit) Job Application Skills shall be exclusively taken by PolyU Higher Diploma holders obtaining credit transfer of ELC3401 (2 credits) only instead of ELC3403.

Design subjects

BRE subjects

Common subjects: Languages & General Education subjects

B. Single full BSc (Hons) in Surveying (97 credits + 2 WIE & Major in Design ( E & I) (54 credits)

C. Double Majors in SURVEYING and DESIGN (total: 130 credits* + 2 WIE) Languages and General Education Subjects ELC2401 University English for FCLU (3 credits)

#ELC3403 Workplace English for FCLU (3 credits) CBS2080 Fundamentals of Chinese Communication (3 credits) GE General Education Subject (2 credits) GE2810 “China Studies” General Education Subject 2 (2 credits) Total 13 credits Major in Surveying (56 credits + 2 WIE) Subjects IC301 Industrial Safety (1 credit) BRE206 The Legal Context for CRE (3 credits) BRE216 Economics for CRE (3 credits) BRE217 Planning & Development (3 credits) BRE218 Integrated Project I (3 credits) BRE291 Construction Technology I (3 credits) BRE2921 Management for CRE (3 credits) BRE2031 Environmental Science (3 credits) BRE326 Maintenance Technology & Management (3 credits) BRE345 Measurement, Documentation and Estimating (3 credits) BRE346 Integrated Project IIA (4 credits) BRE347 Urban and Construction Economics (3 credits) BRE350 Project Management and Procurement (3 credits) BRE315 Property Valuation (3 credits) BRE319 Property Investment and Finance (3 credits) BRE336 Development Control Law (3 credits) BRE337 Property Law (3 credits) BRE341 Property Management I (3 credits) BRE391 Construction Technology II (3 credits) 2 WIE (2 training credits) Total 56 credits + 2 WIE Major in Design (Environment & Interior) (58 credits) + 3 credits in SD3592 Internship (E&I) Subjects GEC275 Hong Kong Lifestyle Design (2 credits) GEC276 Cultural Research Methodologies (2 credits) SD2000 Design Thinking (1 credit) SD2080 Introduction to Design History from 19th century to 21st century (2 credits) SD2531 Introduction to E & I Design - Theory 1 : Body & Space (3 credits) SD2532 Introduction to E & I Design - Technology 1 : Materials and Construction (3 credits)

SD2534 Visualisation Skills (E & I) (5 credits) SD2537 E & I Design Studio 1.1 - Theory 2: Psychology & Space (3 credits) SD2538 E & I Design Studio 1.2 - Tools 1 : Communication (2 credits) SD2539 E & I Design Studio 1.3 - Technology 2: Construction & Services (4 credits) SD2081 Introduction to Culture and Theory (2 credits) SD3030 Design Studio 2.1 - Cultural Research (2 credits) SD3080 Introduction to Design in China, Japan and Korea (2 credits) SD3531 E & I Design Studio 2.2 - Tools 2 : Advanced Visualization (3 credits) SD3532 E & I Design Studio 2.3 - Technology 3 : Systems & Materials (4 credits) SD3533 E & I Design Studio 3.1 - Theory 3 : Analysis & Space (3 credits) SD3534 E & I Design Studio 3.2 - Technology 4 : Sustainability (6 credits) SD3040 Design in Business (3 credits) SD Elective 1 (3 credits) SD Elective 2 (3 credits) Total 58 credits *3 credits can be taken from either Surveying subjects or Design (E&I) subjects to make up the 130 credits. D. BSc (Hons) with a MAJOR in SURVEYING and Design (E&I) Subjects (‘minor’)**

(96 credits + 2 WIE) Languages and General Education Subjects ELC2401 University English for FCLU (3 credits)

#ELC3403 Workplace English for FCLU (3 credits) CBS2080 Fundamentals of Chinese Communication (3 credits) GE General Education Subject (2 credits) GE2810 “China Studies” General Education Subject (2 credits) Total 13 credits Major in Surveying (56 credits + 2 WIE) Subjects IC301 Industrial Safety (1 credit) BRE206 The Legal Context for CRE (3 credits) BRE216 Economics for CRE (3 credits) BRE217 Planning & Development (3 credits) BRE218 Integrated Project I (3 credits) BRE291 Construction Technology I (3 credits) BRE2921 Management for CRE (3 credits)

BRE2031 Environmental Science (3 credits) BRE326 Maintenance Technology & Management (3 credits) BRE345 Measurement, Documentation and Estimating (3 credits) BRE346 Integrated Project IIA (4 credits) BRE347 Urban and Construction Economics (3 credits) BRE350 Project Management and Procurement (3 credits) BRE315 Property Valuation (3 credits) BRE319 Property Investment and Finance (3 credits) BRE336 Development Control Law (3 credits) BRE337 Property Law (3 credits) BRE341 Property Management I (3 credits) BRE391 Construction Technology II (3 credits) 2 WIE (2 training credits) Total 56 credits + 2 WIE Design (E&I) Subjects (27 credits) Subjects SD2000 Design Thinking (1 credit) SD2080 Introduction to Design History form 19th century to 21st century (2 credits) SD2081 Introduction to Design Culture and Theory (2 credits) SD2532 Introduction to E & I Design - Technology 1 : Materials and Construction (3 credits) SD2534 Visualisation Skills (E&I) (5 credits) SD2531 Introduction to E & I Design - Theory 1 : Body & Space (3 credits) SD2537 E & I Design Studio 1.1 - Theory 2: Psychology & Space (3 credits) SD2538 E & I Design Studio 1.2 - Tools 1 : Communication (2 credits) SD2539 E & I Design Studio 1.3 - Technology 2: Construction & Services (4 credits) SD3080 Introduction to Design in China, Japan & Korea (2 credits) Total 27 credits ** ‘minor’ : These subjects are only open to double-degree students only. This ‘minor’ is not the

University Minor programme. # ELC3404 (1 credit) Job Application Skills shall be exclusively taken by PolyU Higher Diploma holders

obtaining credit transfer of ELC3401 (2 credits) only instead of ELC3403.

Appendix F

Curriculum Mapping: BSc (Hons) in Building Engineering & Management

This curriculum map gives a holistic view of the degree to which each intended learning outcome will be taught and assessed in your programme. The following indicators (I, R, A) to show the treatment of the programme outcome in a subject: I (Introduced) That the learning leading to the particular intended outcome is introduced in that subject. R (Reinforced) That the learning leading to the particular intended outcome is reinforced in that subject. A (Assessed) That the performance which demonstrates the particular intended outcome is assessed in that subject

Level 2 Subjects Subject Codes Programme Outcomes

List programme outcomes in this column in the same order as in the outcomes section for easy referencing BR

E203

1

BRE2

04

BRE2

12

BRE2

18

BRE2

91

BRE2

921

AMA2

90

CSE2

90

LSGI

2961

A1 To possess knowledge of building engineering principles, processes and methods for the successful completion of all types of construction projects

IA I I I IA I IA IA

A2 To use the techniques, skills and engineering principles for different types of construction I IRA IA IA IA IA IA

A3 To apply construction management knowledge and skills in personnel, financial and operational practices and communication aspects required for efficient building production

A4 To identify, structure and analyse diverse problems arising from the changing social, economic, environmental and technological pressures

I I I

A5 To solve identified construction problems with appropriate solutions RA IA IA IA IA

A6 To evaluate alternative strategic options IR

I

Appendix F

Programme Outcomes


E203

1

BRE2

04

BRE2

12

BRE2

18

BRE2

91

BRE2

921

AMA2

90

CSE2

90

LSGI

2961

A7 To select appropriate construction materials, practices and methods in compliance with sustainable development IA IA I

A8 To exercise professional judgement in the consideration of alternatives in complex situations I I

All-rounded Attributes

B1 To possess skills to identify, analyse and solve problems IA I IA IA I IA IA IA

B2 To have an understanding of professional, social and ethical responsibilities IA

B3 To communicate effectively IA I IA IA IA IA I I

B4 To reflect on knowledge gap for life time learning

B5 To contribute as team member and to lead effectively IA I IR I

B6 To transfer and replicate knowledge and skills to other industries/ domains IR I I

B7 To identify contemporary issues I I I

Appendix F

Level 3 Subjects Subject Codes

Programme Outcomes List programme outcomes in this column in the same order as in the outcomes section for easy referencing BR

E302

BRE3

24

BRE3

26

(E)*

BRE3

45

BRE3

49

BRE3

50

BRE3

51

BRE3

91

BRE3

931

BSE3

32 (E

)

IC30

1

ELC3

401


IR IA RA A RA IA IR

A2 To use the techniques, skills and engineering principles for different types of construction IRA IA RA RA IA IRA


I RA A I


IA I I

A5 To solve identified construction problems with appropriate solutions

IRA IA IA RA RA I RA

A6 To evaluate alternative strategic options R

IA

IA

RA

RA

R

IR

A7 To select appropriate construction materials, practices and methods in compliance with sustainable development I IA I IRA IR

Appendix F

Programme Outcomes List programme outcomes in this column in the same order as in the outcomes section for easy referencing

BRE3

02

BRE3

24

BRE3

26 (E

)*

BRE3

45

BRE3

49

BRE3

50

BRE3

51

BRE3

91

BRE3

931

BSE3

32 (E

)

IC30

1

ELC3

401

A8 To exercise professional judgement in the consideration of alternatives in complex situations IR R IR


B1 To possess skills to identify, analyse and solve problems RA I IA RA A A IR A IA IR

B2 To have an understanding of professional, social and ethical responsibilities I I I IR

B3 To communicate effectively I IA RA A A A IRA IRA

B4 To reflect on knowledge gap for life time learning R IR

B5 To contribute as team member and to lead effectively R RA I RA A I

B6 To transfer and replicate knowledge and skills to other industries/ domains I I

B7 To identify contemporary issues I I I IR I

* (E) = Elective

Appendix F



E401

BRE4

26

BRE4

28

BRE4

39 (E

)

BRE4

42 (E

)

BRE4

77

BRE4

051

BSE4

53

CSE4

31 (E

)


RA IR A RA RA

A2 To use the techniques, skills and engineering principles for different types of construction A IRA R R IA A RA RA


RA R RA


IR RA IRA RA R

A5 To solve identified construction problems with appropriate solutions

RA IRA RA R RA IRA

A6 To evaluate alternative strategic options

RA

R

A7 To select appropriate construction materials, practices and methods in compliance with sustainable development IR R R

Appendix F

Programme Outcomes List programme outcomes in this column in the same order as in the outcomes section for easy referencing

BRE4

01

BRE4

26

BRE4

28

BRE4

39 (E

)

BRE4

42 (E

)

BRE4

77

BRE4

051

BSE4

53

CSE4

31 (E

)

A8 To exercise professional judgement in the consideration of alternatives in complex situations I R RA RA


B1 To possess skills to identify, analyse and solve problems RA A RA A A RA IA

B2 To have an understanding of professional, social and ethical responsibilities I R IA R R

B3 To communicate effectively A RA R RA A RA

B4 To reflect on knowledge gap for life time learning I R I IRA IRA

B5 To contribute as team member and to lead effectively RA I R

B6 To identify contemporary issues R A R R IR

Appendix G

Curriculum Mapping: BSc (Hons) in Property Management

This curriculum map gives a holistic view of the degree to which each intended learning outcome will be taught and assessed in your programme. The following indicators (I, R, A) to show the treatment of the programme outcome in a subject: I (Introduced) That the learning leading to the particular intended outcome is introduced in that subject. R (Reinforced) That the learning leading to the particular intended outcome is reinforced in that subject. A (Assessed) That the performance which demonstrates the particular intended outcome is assessed in that subject



E203

1

BRE2

06

BRE2

16

BRE2

17

BRE2

18

BRE2

91

BRE2

921

A1 To apply professional and vocational knowledge in property management, including its operational logistics and multi-disciplinary facets

I I I IA

A2 To identify and solve problems in property management practices I I IA

A3 To communicate effectively with social skills as a competent property manager IR

A4 To practise as a professional property manager in compliance with the legal and ethical requirements of the profession A

A5 To appreciate the multi-disciplinary dimensions of property management practices and the interests of the stakeholders in the industry

IA IA I I

A6 To explore options for the property management practices with creative and critical mindset I

Appendix G


BRE2

031

BRE2

06

BRE2

16

BRE2

17

BRE2

18

BRE2

91

BRE2

921

B1 To possess skills to identify, analyse and solve problems

IA A I IA IA I

B2 To have an understanding of professional, social and ethical responsibilities I IA

B3 To communicate effectively

IA A IA R IA IA IA

B4 To reflect on knowledge gap for life time learning I

B5 To contribute as team member and to lead effectively IA IA I

B6 To transfer and replicate knowledge and skills to other industries/ domains I I

B7 To identify contemporary issues

Appendix G



E315

BRE3

19

BRE3

26

BRE3

36

BRE3

37

BRE3

41

BRE3

45

BRE3

47

BRE3

48

IC30

1

ELC3

401


I IA I I R IR

A2 To identify and solve problems in property management practices

R IA IR R I IA RA

A3 To communicate effectively with social skills as a competent property manager

R I IRA

A4 To practise as a professional property manager in compliance with the legal and ethical requirements of the profession A I RA A I IR


IA I IRA R RA R

A6 To explore options for the property management practices with creative and critical mindset

I I IR

Appendix G


BRE3

15

BRE3

19

BRE3

26

BRE3

36

BRE3

37

BRE3

41

BRE3

45

BRE3

47

BRE3

48

IC30

1

ELC3

401

B1 To possess skills to identify, analyse and solve problems IA I R A R IA RA RA IR

B2 To have an understanding of professional, social and ethical responsibilities R RA R R

B3 To communicate effectively R I RA R I IA RA RA IRA IRA

B4 To reflect on knowledge gap for life time learning R I

B5 To contribute as team member and to lead effectively I R

B6 To transfer and replicate knowledge and skills to other industries/ domains R I

B7 To identify contemporary issues IA I RA IA R I

Appendix G



E431

BRE4

32

BRE4

37

BRE4

38

BRE4

99

BRE4

15 (E

)

BRE4

18 (E

)

BRE4

291 (

E)

BRE4

36 (E

)

BRE4

39 (E

)


A A RA A A

A2 To identify and solve problems in property management practices

A RA A R A

A3 To communicate effectively with social skills as a competent property manager I R R I R A

A4 To practise as a professional property manager in compliance with the legal and ethical requirements of the profession RA A A


RA I R R I A A

A6 To explore options for the property management practices with creative and critical mindset

I R RA

Appendix G


BRE4

31

BRE4

32

BRE4

37

BRE4

38

BRE4

99

BRE4

15 (E

)

BRE4

18 (E

)

BRE4

291(

E)

BRE4

36 (E

)

BRE4

39 (E

)

B1 To possess skills to identify, analyse and solve problems RA A A A A R A R A

B2 To have an understanding of professional, social and ethical responsibilities R I R R R

B3 To communicate effectively R R R A A A A R R R

B4 To reflect on knowledge gap for life time learning IRA I

B5 To contribute as team member and to lead effectively R A

B6 To identify contemporary issues I RA A R

* (E) = Elective

Appendix H

Curriculum Mapping : BSc (Hons) in Surveying This curriculum map gives a holistic view of the degree to which each intended learning outcome will be taught and assessed in your programme. The following indicators (I, R, A) to show the treatment of the programme outcome in a subject: I (Introduced) That the learning leading to the particular intended outcome is introduced in that subject. R (Reinforced) That the learning leading to the particular intended outcome is reinforced in that subject. A (Assessed) That the performance which demonstrates the particular intended outcome is assessed in that subject



E203

1

BRE2

06

BRE2

16

BRE2

17

BRE2

18

BRE2

91

BRE2

921

A1 To comprehend and identify issue and problems concerning land, property and construction at project level IA I I IA

A2 To comprehend and identify issue and problems concerning land, property and construction at corporate level IR

A3 To comprehend and identify issue and problems concerning land, property and construction at industry level I I IA I

A4 To comprehend and identify issue and problems concerning land, property and construction at macro socio-economic and political level

I A I

A5 To advise clients through rendering surveying services I I

A6 To identify, formulate and solve problems related to the surveying profession and real estate industry I I IA IA

A7 To analyse and interpret data of the industry IA I IA

Appendix H


E203

1

BRE2

06

BRE2

16

BRE2

17

BRE2

18

BRE2

91

BRE2

921

A8 To formulate and implement strategies, policies and solutions for sustainable development and construction I


B1 To possess skills to identify, analyse and solve problems IA A I IA IA I

B2 To have an understanding of professional, social and ethical responsibilities I IA

B3 To communicate effectively IA A IA R IA IA IA

B4 To reflect on knowledge gap for life time learning I

B5 To contribute as team member and to lead effectively IA IA I

B6 To transfer and replicate knowledge and skills to other industries/ domains I

B7 To identify contemporary issues I

Appendix H



E315

BRE3

19

BRE3

26

BRE3

29

BRE3

36

BRE3

37

BRE3

41

BRE3

45

BRE3

46

BRE3

47

BRE3

50

BRE3

91

BRE3

49

(DSE

)*

IC30

1

ELC3

401

A1 To comprehend and identify issue and problems concerning land, property and construction at project level IRA IA A IR I IA RA RA RA RA IA IR

A2 To comprehend and identify issue and problems concerning land, property and construction at corporate level IA R I I RA R

A3 To comprehend and identify issue and problems concerning land, property and construction at industry level IA IA I RA A RA RA


I R I R I

A5 To advise clients through rendering surveying services A I A I I I RA R I IRA

A6 To identify, formulate and solve problems related to the surveying profession and real estate industry A IA IA R A R RA RA IA

A7 To analyse and interpret data of the industry

A IA IR IA IA

Appendix H


E315

BRE3

19

BRE3

26

BRE3

29

BRE3

36

BRE3

37

BRE3

41

BRE3

45

BRE3

46

BRE3

47

BRE3

50

BRE3

91

BRE3

49

(DSE

)

IC30

1

ELC3

401

A8 To formulate and implement strategies, policies and solutions for sustainable development and construction I I R I I


B1 To possess skills to identify, analyse and solve problems IA I A R A R IA A RA A IR RA IR

B2 To have an understanding of professional, social and ethical responsibilities R R R R I I

B3 To communicate effectively R I A RA R I IA A RA A RA IRA IRA

B4 To reflect on knowledge gap for life time learning I I I

B5 To contribute as team member and to lead effectively I RA A RA

B6 To transfer and replicate knowledge and skills to other industries/ domains I

B7 To identify contemporary issues IA I I I IA I I

*(DSE) = Discipline - Specific Elective Subject

Appendix H



E441

BRE4

99

BRE4

15

(DSE

)*

BRE4

18

(DSE

)

BRE4

27

(DSE

)

BRE4

291

(DSE

)

BRE4

35

(DSE

)

BRE4

36

(DSE

)

BRE4

37

(DSE

)

BRE4

39

(DSE

)

BRE4

40

(DSE

)

BRE4

42

(DSE

)

A1 To comprehend and identify issue and problems concerning land, property and construction at project level RA RA A A IRA A A RA RA

A2 To comprehend and identify issue and problems concerning land, property and construction at corporate level RA RA I A A RA IA

A3 To comprehend and identify issue and problems concerning land, property and construction at industry level RA A A RA A R RA


RA A A R A IA

A5 To advise clients through rendering surveying services A A R R RA

A6 To identify, formulate and solve problems related to the surveying profession and real estate industry A A R A A R A I

A7 To analyse and interpret data of the industry R A A A RA RA

Appendix H


E441

BRE4

99

BRE4

15

(DSE

)

BRE4

18

(DSE

)

BRE4

27

(DSE

)

BRE4

291

(DSE

)

BRE4

35

(DSE

)

BRE4

36

(DSE

)

BRE4

37

(DSE

)

BRE4

39

(DSE

)

BRE4

40

(DSE

)

BRE4

42

(DSE

)

A8 To formulate and implement strategies, policies and solutions for sustainable development and construction R RA I


B1 To possess skills to identify, analyse and solve problems R A R A R R A A RA RA

B2 To have an understanding of professional, social and ethical responsibilities I R R RA R R IA

B3 To communicate effectively RA A A A R R RA R R R RA RA

B4 To reflect on knowledge gap for life time learning IRA I R I

B5 To contribute as team member and to lead effectively R A RA I

B6 To identify contemporary issues R A R RA

*(DSE) = Discipline - Specific Elective Subject

Level 1 Subjects: Remedial Mathematics

Subject Code Nil Remedial Mathematics Level Contact Hours Lect/Tut: 20 Student Effort Hours

Assessment Method

Subject Aim:

Credit Value This subject is intended to: Pre-requisites Nil This is a remedial course for those students who have not taken

A-Level Pure Mathematics, or who have obtained grade E or below. Co-requisites Nil An approach emphasizing the fundamental concepts and definitions Exclusions Nil rather than a rigorous analytical treatment, will be adopted. The role of

mathematics as a tool for engineering will be highlighted. Subject Leader/ Lecturer/Dept.

(AMA)

Learning Outcomes: After studying this subject the student should acquire a basic understanding of the ideas and techniques of linear algebra and calculus. They may also see how mathematics can be applied in engineering contexts, and that the use of mathematics helps them to better grasp the concepts. Syllabus Content: Calculus Functions: Trigonometric functions; exponential and logarithmic functions; composite and inverses of functions. Differential Calculus: Limit and derivative; techniques of differentiation, maxima and minima, curve sketching.

Integral Calculus: Definite and indefinite integral, techniques of integration; physical applications. Linear Algebra Arithmetic of matrices, inverse, determinant, linear equations, Gaussian elimination, Cramer’s rule; vector, independence, dot and cross product, lines and planes in 2 or 3 dimensional spaces. Learning and Teaching Approach (tasks and activities designed to achieve learning outcomes): The method of learning will be composed of formal lectures and tutorials. Assessment (assessment of student performance resulting from learning tasks): Coursework will constitute the test and the assignments. Reading List: Hung, K.F. and Pong, G.T.Y. (2008) Foundation Mathematics, McGrawHill.

Level 2 Subjects: BRE 2031 Environmental Science BRE 204 Structure I BRE 206 The Legal Context of Construction & Real Estate BRE 212 Construction Materials BRE 216 Economics for Construction & Real Estate BRE 217 Planning and Development BRE 218 Integrated Project I BRE 291 Construction Technology I BRE 2921 Management for Construction & Real Estate AMA 290 Engineering Mathematics APSS 265 Self-understanding and Communication Skills CBS 2080 Fundamentals of Chinese Communication CSE 290 Introduction to Geotechnology ELC 2401 University English for the Faculty of Construction & Land Use IC 202 Work-Integrated Education (In Summer Semester) LSGI 2961 Engineering Surveying

Subject Description Form

Subject Code BRE2031

Subject Title Environmental Science

Credit Value 3

Level 2

Pre-requisite / Co-requisite/ Exclusion

Nil Nil Nil

Objectives

This subject is intended to: Equip students with a holistic understanding of the factors that contribute to the quality and performance of the built environment with respect to the technical knowledge learned in construction technology.

Intended Learning Outcomes

Upon completion of the subject, students will be able to:

a. Understand the means of controlling the internal environment and provide standards of utility and comfort whilst utilizing principles of passive design to minimize the consumption of energy

b. Review the causes of indoor air pollution and the means to provide a healthy environment.

c. Consider the effect of building construction and operation on the environment and appraise the role of sustainable development in minimizing impact on the external environment – use of resources, waste generation, pollution.

Subject Synopsis/ Indicative Syllabus

Brief Syllabus Content: Man and heat, heat transfer mechanisms, conduction, convection, radiation, thermal comfort. Climate and shelter, classification, global mechanisms, climatic data, micro-climatic building design. Design variables for energy efficient design and thermal performance of a building. Passive and active thermal controls, heating, refrigerators, ventilation and air conditioning. Principles of light, electromagnetic radiation, vision, luminance, glare, natural lighting and artificial lighting. Principles of sound, noise, noise transfer, insulation, acoustic design. Basics of electricity and magnetism, generation and power supply. Use of resources, energy efficiency, waste reduction, land use, damage to the environment, sustainable development. Environment assessment.

Indoor air quality.

Experimental work: Environmental Science: 2 experiments each of 2 hours duration from the following list:- 1. Lamps – measurement of efficiency. 2. Visual environment - assessment of quality. 3. Light fittings - determination of intensity distribution. 4. Daylight – measurement of daylight factor. 5. Absorption - determination of sound absorption coefficient. 6. Oral environment - use of sound level meter to investigate. 7. Reverberation - measurement or reverberation time. 8. Thermal comfort - investigation using thermal comfort meter. 9. ‘U’ values - determination of ‘U’ value of a building element. 10. Thermal radiation - measurement of radiant temperature.

Teaching/Learning Methodology

Teaching periods will adopt a range of methods which could include lectures by staff, small group discussions, student presentations, project based and problem-solving tasks, laboratory and case study work. Where appropriate, the use of computer assisted learning techniques will be employed. The intention is to create an environment that encourages active learning. Students will be encouraged to reflect on their learning activities to review what they have learned and to plan further action and activity.

Assessment Methods in Alignment with Intended Learning Outcomes

Specific assessment methods/tasks

% weighting

Intended subject learning outcomes to be assessed (Please tick as appropriate)

a b c d e

1. Coursework 40 √ √ √

2. Examination 60 √ √ √

Total 100 %

Explanation of the appropriateness of the assessment methods in assessing the intended learning outcomes:

Examination and coursework will constitute the 60% and 40% of the overall work of the subject respectively. The coursework mark will be based on the assessments of assignments projects, presentations, peer-group critiques and in-class tests. Assessment methods are intended to ensure the students achieve the learning objectives set, and assist learning through constructive feedback.

Student Study Effort Expected

Class contact:

Lectures 21 Hrs.

Tutorials including experiments 21 Hrs.

Other student study effort:

78 Hrs.

Hrs.

Total student study effort 120 Hrs.

Reading List and References

Reading List: Burberry P. (1997) Environment and Services, Addision Wesley Longman Langston, C. (Ed.) (1997) Sustainable Practices: ESD and the Construction Industry. Envirobook, Sydney Aus. Thomas, R. (Ed) (1996) Environmental Design, E & F N Spon, London & N.Y. Hyde, R. and Woods, P. (2000) Climate Responsive Design, E & F N Spon, London & N.Y. McMullan R. (1992) Environmental Services in Building. The Macmillan Press Ltd. Wathern P. (1990) Environmental Impact Assessment, Theory and Practice. Routledge Supplementary: BRE (various) Digests and Current Papers. Building Research Establishment, Garston, Watford, U.K. BSIRIA (1987) Building Services Materials Handbook, E & F N Spon, London & N.Y.


Subject Code BRE204

Subject Title Structure I

Credit Value 3

Level 2


Nil

Objectives

a) Encourage an appreciation of the structure of buildings. b) Develop concepts of structural action, leading to an ability to model, analyse and

design common elements and structural frames, by understanding simple structural framing.



a) Use mathematical modelling to explain the behaviour of building materials and structures.

b) Apply the concepts of structural mechanics to solve structural problems involving beams, columns and statically determinate frames.

c) Quantify and analyse the internal and external forces (i.e. internal moments/stresses and external loads) acting within and upon a structural component under various anticipated loading conditions.

d) Design simple structural elements to withstand these forces in their respective loading conditions.


Identification of forces and their effects on structures: Point and distributed static loading, (quasi-static) wind loading, load transfer in common building structures of various forms.

Reaction of structural materials to imposed loads (with induced stresses and deformation).

Statically determinate truss: Computation of internal forces using the Method of Joints and Method of Section.

Stresses: The induced stresses as a combination of tension, compression, flexural bending moment and shear.

Beams: Simple flexural theory, computation of bending stresses, shearing force and bending moment distribution, deformation and deflection of beams, sizing of simple steel beams to current codes.

Columns and walls: Simple buckling theory of columns, effective length and slenderness ratio in relation to fixity conditions, combined stresses as subjected to eccentric axial load, sizing of steel columns to current Hong Kong Standard.


Interactive Lectures will enable students to: 1. analyse the internal forces of truss members, beams and columns; 2. analyse the strength of the materials for axial, bending and shear loadings. 3. apply the structural concept to design simple beams, columns and connections.

Tutorial will enable students to: 1. consolidate the structural mechanics and analysis concepts through problem-

solving assignments and discussions. Laboratory will enable students to:

1. identify the structural behaviour of simple truss, beams, and columns.



% weighting


a b c d

1. Problem-solving assignment

10.5 √ √ √ √

2. Laboratory report 4.5 √ √

3. Mid-term test 15 √ √

4. Final examination 70 √ √ √ √

Total 100 %


The problem –solving assignments are used to assess students’ ability to solve structural engineering problems with good numerical accuracy based on the theories and concepts studied in the lectures.

The laboratory report is used to assess students’ ability to observe and verify the structural behaviour of model beams, truss and columns and to present the experimental results in a logical and clear format.

The mid-term test and the final examination are used to assess students’ i) understanding of the structural engineering theories and concepts learned in the lectures and ii) ability to solve structural engineering problems with good numerical accuracy.


Class contact:

Lecture 21 Hrs.

Tutorial and Laboratory 21 Hrs.


120 Hrs.

Hrs.


Reading List and Alexander Chajes “Structural Analysis”, Prentice Hall 1983.

References Nageim, H A. Durka, F. Morgan, W. Williams, D. “Structural Mechanics Loads, Analysis, Design and Mechanics”, 6th edition, Prentice Hall, 2002.

Aslam Kassimali “Structural Analysis”, PWS publishing 1999.

Hibbeler, R.C. “Mechanics of Materials”, Prentice Hall 1994.

James M. Gere “Mechanics of Materials” 5th edition, Brooks/Cole 2001.

Hassan K. Al Nageim and T.J. MacGinley “Steel structures : practical design studies” , 3rd edition. London ; New York : Taylor & Francis, 2005.

Code of practice for Structural Use of Steel 2005, Buildings Department, the Government of HKSAR

F. P. Beer and R. Johnson, “Mechanics of Materials”, 2nd edition, McGraw Hill, 1992.


Subject Code BRE 206

Subject Title The Legal Context for Construction and Real Estate

Credit Value 3

Level 2


Nil

Objectives

Enable students to evaluate important legal concepts within the context of the Hong Kong legal system and apply the same in the context of construction and real estate

Develop intellectual skills, with particular reference to analysis, reasoning and communication skills



a) Understand and evaluate the basic concepts and principles of Hong Kong law

b) Apply the basic concepts, principles and remedies in the law of contract, law of property, and law of tort to the context of construction and real estate

c) Use the above knowledge and reasoning skills to solve legal problems out of factual situations

d) Reflect and review their legal knowledge in the societal context

e) Communicate effectively


Hong Kong legal system, including: court system; case law; Basic Law

Legal reasoning, including: application of legal principles; analysis; problem-solving; communication skills

Contract Law, including: general principles of contract; types of contracts; remedies

Tort Law, including: principles of tortuous liability; negligence; nuisance; trespass; occupier’s liability; breach of statutory duties; remedies

Property Law, including: concept and classification of property; definition of land; estates

Dispute Resolution, including: mediation, arbitration; etc.

PRC Law: introduction


The sequence of learning in this module is organized around topics with a pattern of active and interactive tasks which occur before, during and after class contact sessions. Each topic is structured as follows: preparation activity, learning activity, feedback, reflection and evaluation, action planning, and review activity, which serves as the next preparation activity.

The teaching strategy involves phases through which students learn intellectual and academic skills necessary for legal study, in parallel with learning key concepts for later study:

Phase 1: Learning to indentify legal issues – Topic focus: understanding legal concepts and rules. Phase 2: Learning how to apply legal knowledge – Topic focus: understanding and applying legal principles. Phase 3: Critical Judgment Analysis – Topic focus: justifying conclusions. Phase 4: Problem-solving – Topic focus: integrating learning.

The programme is developed though learning support groups, specially designed heuristics, reflection and self-assessment tasks.

The learning support groups facilitate small group activities, promote effective learning, develop higher order intellectual abilities, give peer group support for learning, and promote active involvement of students in their own learning.

Reflection exercises are designed to turn experience into learning. They help students assess strengths and weaknesses, and indentify remedial action.

Self-assessment tasks are one type of reflection exercise through which students may test out knowledge and understanding of legal concepts and rules, and develop reasoning skills. Guidance on self – assessment will be distributed to each student. The primary objectives of formative self-assessment are self-learning; measurement of attainment of the learning outcome; and efficient and effective preparation for summative assessments.



% weighting


a b C D e

1. Coursework 30% √ √ √ √

2. Examination 70% √ √ √ √

Total 100 %

Explanation of the appropriateness of the assessment methods in assessing the intended learning outcomes: The Coursework project is to assess students’ ability:

1. to organize themselves 2. to organize fellow group members 3. to coordinate selection of topics with others outside of your group 4. to solve a problem or task that is given [e.g., by your employer] 5. to be creative in discovering solutions to the problem or task [i.e., “thinking

outside the box”] 6. to use effectively the resources available to you in the library and on-line

The presentations are expected to be substantial, in-depth and thorough review, integration and application of the legal materials taught over the course of the semester. The presentations are expected to be professional, well rehearsed, and completed within time, rather than haphazardly organized at the last minute.

Furthermore, consideration will be given to the following criteria in assessing performance: content, creativity, enthusiasm/team spirit, interaction [between the group members as well as the audience] and presentation. The examination is intended to assess students’ analytical and reasoning skills, i.e., application of the learned legal material; simple memorization will not result in a passing grade. In sum, the examination will assess the students’ understanding of the subject as demonstrated by application rather than the student’s ability to regurgitate notes. Students will be required to solve problems; to recognize potential problems in the development stage; to integrate, apply and justify the particular use of definitions and legal principles in evaluating a legal scenario/problem.


Class contact:

Lecture 21 Hrs.

Tutorial 21 Hrs.


Preparation for lectures and tutorials sessions 28 Hrs.

Independent study and learning 70 Hrs.



Albert Chen, AN INTRODUCTION TO THE LEGAL SYSTEM OF THE PRC (Butterworth Asia, 1998) BUTTERWORTHS HONG KONG CONTRACT LAW HANDBOOK (Lexis Nexis 2006) Clement Shum, GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF HONG KONG LAW (3rd Ed. Longman 1998) Geoffrey Ma, et al, eds. ARBITRATION IN HONG KONG: A PRACTICAL GUIDE (Sweet & Maxwell 2003) Ian Robinson & Derek Roebuck, INTRODUCTION TO LAW IN THE HONG KONG SAR (2nd Ed. Sweet & Maxwell 2001) J.A. Mclnnis, HONG KONG CONSTRUCTION LAW (Butterworths 1996) Jill Cottrell, Legal research: A GUIDE FOR HONG KONG STUDENTS (Hong Kong University Press 1999) Krishnan Arjunan & Abdul Nabi Baksh, BUSINESS LAW IN HONG KONG (2nd Ed. Lexis Nexis 2009) Legal database in PolyU’s library Martyn Hills, BUILDING CONTRACT PROCEDURES IN HONG KONG (Longman Hong Kong Education, 2001) Michael Fisher & Desmond Greenwood, CONTRACT LAW IN HONG KONG (Hong Kong University Press 2007)

Michael Moser & Teresa Cheng, HONG KONG ARBITRATION: A USER’S GUIDE (Kluwer Law International 2004) Peter Corne & Susan Finder, A GUIDE TO THE LEGAL SYSTEM OF THE PRC (Asia Law & Practice, 1997) P.P. Sherrington, CIVIL LITIGATION (2nd Ed. FT Law & Tax Asia Pacific, 1996 - 1997) Rick Glofcheski, TORT LAW IN HONG KONG (2nd Ed. Sweet & Maxwell 2007) Roger Nissim, LAND ADMINISTRATION AND PRACTICE IN HONG KONG (Hong Kong University Press, 1998) Sarah Nield, HONG KONG LAND LAW (2nd Ed. Addison Wesley Longman 1997) Stephen D. Mau, HONG KONG LEGAL PRINCIPLES : IMPORTANT TOPICS FOR

STUDENTS AND PROFESSIONALS (Hong Kong University Press 2010) Stephen D. Mau, CONTRACT LAW IN HONG KONG – AN INTRODUCTORY GUIDE (Hong Kong University Press 2010) Stephen D. Mau, TORT LAW IN HONG KONG – AN INTRODUCTORY GUIDE (Hong Kong University Press 2010) Stephen D. Mau, Property LAW IN HONG KONG – AN INTRODUCTORY GUIDE (Hong Kong University Press 2010) Vanessa Stott, AN INTRODUCTION TO HONG KONG BUSINESS LAW (3rd Ed. Longman Hong Kong Education 2001)


Subject Code BRE212

Subject Title Construction Materials

Credit Value 3

Level 2


Nil/

Nil/

Nil

Objectives

1. Enable students to be conversant with the properties and behaviour of some common materials of building construction.

2. Develop the ability to test and select materials for such construction.



a) Understand and identify the properties of common construction materials (steel, concrete, plastic and timber) and theoretical modeling of their behaviour under different environments, short- or long-term (i.e. instantaneous as well as time-dependent).

b) Appreciate and interpret results of different destructive or non-destructive material tests based on mechanical, thermal, acoustic, electromagnetic (dielectric) material properties.

c) Apply statistical quality control techniques for steel and concrete. d) Select appropriate materials for building construction with the use of Ashby materials

selection Charts. e) Understand Environmental performance and common agents of deterioration of

materials


Fundamental Material science Atomic, molecular and solid structures, phases, types of bonding and their effects on properties of elements and materials, Modeling behavior of materials (instantaneous as well as time-dependent) by appropriate combination of springs (elastic) and dash pots (plastic flow) Metal (in particular Iron and steels): Structure of metals: metallic bonding, crystallography (crystal structures and geometry). Alloys (solid solutions and intermediate compounds), Iron-carbon phase equilibrium diagrams, effects of carbon content on mechanical properties of steel, heat treatments of steels, time-temperature-transformation or TTT diagrams.

Deformation mechanism of metals: Elastic deformation, plastic flow, ideal strength, mechanisms of slip, origin of dislocations.

Behaviour in Service: strength and stiffness, brittle and ductile behavior, fracture, creep, fatigue, corrosion and its prevention. Mechanical Testing (tensile test, hardness test, impact test, fatigue test, creep test).

Concrete: Constituent materials:

Cements – chemical composition, fineness, hydration (rate and heat of hydration), setting and hardening, microstructure of cement gel matrix.. Types. Aggregates – physical properties, shapes and surface textures, grading. Types. Admixtures – types.

Influence of constituent materials

preparation, curing, elastic and plastic behaviour, creep, durability, weathering, chemical attack (carbonation and sulphate attack), alkali–aggregate reaction, volume changes, permeability and absorption, shrinkage.

Concrete mix design

Mix to satisfy required concrete properties: durability, strength, workability. Statistical quality control

Shewhart charts and Cumulative sum quality control charts. Properties of fresh concrete

workability and factors affecting workability.

Properties of hardened concrete

strength and factors affecting strength. Timber microstructure of wood, mechanical properties, structural or stress grading and effects of moisture contents, use as Douglas fir timber as formwork and falsework. Plastics microstructure of common polymers: molecular structure, polymerization, basic mechanical properties and their use in pipes and window frames, structural adhesives and GFRP Selection of Materials Ashby materials selection charts Environmental performance and deterioration of materials: UV (on plastics), corrosion of metals (electrochemistry) Laboratory:

Mechanical testing of metals (Tensile test, hardness test, impact test, fatigue test,

creep test).

Concrete mix design.

Destructive (cube compression tests) and Non-destructive testing of hardened

concrete.


Lectures will be provided on basic theories and knowledge of construction materials (to be interactively with discussion and Q & A).

Tutorials will be conducted mainly in the form of example classes and problem-solving sessions to enhance students’ understanding of the subject matters on a range of important topics (such as crystallography, statistical quality control techniques, use of Ashby Charts etc.).

Laboratory and demonstration classes provide opportunities for witnessing the testing of a range of different construction materials in particular: destructive and non-destructive testing of hardened concrete, metals, plastics, timber (to be performed mainly at the Building Technology Laboratory of BRE or classroom).

Investigative group project allow deeper learning and group interaction. Viva and presentation provide an opportunity of assessment and peer learning.


70% examination + 30% coursework. The coursework component will consist of a combination of tutorial problems-set, investigative group project report, in-class test and Viva/presentation.


% weighting


a b c d e

Examination 70% √ √ √ √ √

Tutorial class assignments/

10% √ √ √ √ √

In-class test or quizzes 5% √ √ √ √ √

Investigative group project report

5% √ √ √ √ √

Viva and presentation 5% √ √ √ √ √

individual reflective Journal on the group project

5% √ √ √ √ √

Total 100%

*The subject will be graded between F to A+.


Student Study Class contact:

Effort Expected

Lectures 21 Hrs.

Tutorial 10.5 Hrs.

Laboratory and demonstration classes 4.5 Hrs.

Viva 6 Hrs.


Hand-on Laboratory investigation on a chosen topic 3 Hrs.

Investigative group project 35 Hrs.

Self-study and reading and finishing assignment 40 Hrs.



Smith W.F., Principles of Materials Science and Engineering, 3rd Edition, McGraw-Hill, 1996. Smith R.C. Materials of construction, McGraw-Hill, 1988. Callister W.D., Jr., Materials Science and Engineering: An Introduction, 4th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1997. Jackson N. and Dhir R.K. (editors), Civil Engineering Materials, 5th Edition, MacMillan Education, 1997, ISBN 0-333-63683-X.. Neville A.M., Properties of Concrete, 4th and Final Edition, Pearson Education Ltd., Paperback (July 25, 1996) ISBN 0-582-23070-5.. A.M., Brooks J.J. Concrete Technology (Paperback), Reprinted 2008, Pearson Education Ltd ISBN 978-0-582-98859-0. Taylor G.D., Materials in Construction-An Introduction, 3rd Edition, 2000, Pearson Education Ltd ISBN 978-0-582-36889-7 Taylor G.D., Materials in Construction: Principles, Practice and Performance (Chartered Institute of Building), 2002, Pearson Education Ltd ISBN 978-0-582-36934-4 (Previously published as Taylor G.D., Construction Materials, Longman Scientific & Technical, 1991). Higgins R.A. (1987) Properties of Engineering Materials, 2nd Edition, Industrial Press Inc. New York. ISBN 0-8311-3055-5. Ashby Michael “Materials Selection in Mechanical Design” (http://mielsvr1.ecs.umass.edu/mie497a/Ashby%20Materials%20Selection%20Charts.PDF) Construction Standard CS1: 1990 Testing Concrete Volume 1 and 2 published by CEDD of the Hong Kong Government. (http://www.cedd.gov.hk/eng/publications/standards_handbooks/stan_cs1.htm) Construction Standard CS2:1995 Carbon Steel Bars for the Reinforcement of Concrete published by CEDD of the Hong Kong Government.

(http://www.cedd.gov.hk/eng/publications/standards_handbooks/stan_cs2.htm) Non-destructive Testing (NDT) Techniques: HKCI: TM1 ‘Test Method for Detection of Building Surface Defect by Infrared thermography’. Published by the Hong Kong Institute of Concrete (HKCI), May 2009. (Inspection copy available at CARE) HKCI: TM2 ‘Test Method for Determination of Concrete Cover and Distribution of Steel rebar by Surface Penetration Radar’. Published by the Hong Kong Institute of Concrete (HKCI), May 2009. (Inspection copy available at CARE). HKCI: TM3 ‘Test Method for Ultrasonic earth Echo Sounding of drilled foundation”. Published by the Hong Kong Institute of Concrete (HKCI), May 2009. (Inspection copy available at CARE). Guide Book on Non-destructive Testing of Concrete Structures, Published by IAEA, Vienna, 2002, IAEA-TCS-17, ISBN-1018-6518. Malhotra V. Mohan and Carino Nicholas J. Handbook of Non-destructive Testing of Concrete, CRC Press 2004, Print ISBN: 978-0-8493-1485-8, eBook ISBN: 978-1-4200-4005-0 Trade Catalogue of Equipment (Mostly available on the internet of the Manufacturer’s web-site). ACI 546R-04 - Concrete Repair Guide, Published by the American Concrete Institute. ACI - Concrete Repair Manual Volume 1 and 2- 3rd Edition, Published by American Concrete Institute, ISBN:13-978-0-87031-262-5.. (Inspection copy available at CARE). Published papers on Non-destructive Testing (NDT) Techniques and FRP: LAI W.L., KOU S.C., POON C.S., TSANG W.F., LAI C.C. "Effects of elevated water temperatures on interfacial delaminations, failure modes and shear strength in externally-bonded CFRP-concrete beams using infrared thermography, gray-scale images and direct shear test". CONSTRUCTION AND BUILDING MATERIALS, Vol. 23, No. 10, pp.3152-3160 (October 2009) http://www.sciencedirect.com/science?_ob=ArticleURL&_udi=B6V2G-4WTRWJY-1&_user=217827&_origUdi=B6TWF) LAI W.L., KOU S.C., POON C.S., TSANG W.F., LAI C.C "Characterization of the deterioration of externally bonded CFRP-concrete composites using quantitative infrared thermography". CEMENT AND CONCRETE COMPOSITES, pp.999-9999 (2010) (http://www.sciencedirect.com/science?_ob=MImg&_imagekey=B6TWF-4YPPPYB-1-R&_cdi=5561&_user=217827&_pi) (27 March 2010) LAI W.L., KOU S.C., TSANG W.F., POON C.S. "Characterization of concrete properties from dielectric properties using ground penetrating radar". CEMENT AND CONCRETE RESEARCH, Vol. 39, No. 8, pp.687-695 (2009) (http://www.sciencedirect.com/science?_ob=ArticleURL&_udi=B6TWG-4WFPPJR-2&_user=107833&_rdoc=1&_fmt=&) LAI, W.L., KOU, S.C., POON, C.S., TSANG, W.F., NG, S.P., HUNG, Y.Y. "Characterization of Flaws Embedded in Externally Bonded CFRP on Concrete Beams by

Infrared Thermography and Shearography". Journal of Nondestructive Evaluation, Vol. Volume 28, No. Issue1 , pp.Page 27-35 ((2009) TSANG, Steven Wai Fan “Structural Integrity Assessment of Building Components Having Been Exposed to Fire Using Modal Forced Vibration Testing". In Brian S. Neale, ed., Fourth International Conference on Forensic Engineering, London , 2-4 December 2008., Thomas Telford Ltd, UK (07/01/2009) (http://www.thomastelford.com/books/bookshop_main.asp?ISBN=9780727736130) (ISBN: 9780727736130) TSANG, Steven Wai Fan "Correct Determination of Dielectrics of Soils as A Precursor For Correct Ranging of Buried Utilities". First International Conference on Utility and Safety ICUMAS 2009, Hong Kong, 1-4 March 2009, HK Utility Research Center, Hong Kong (2009) (http://www.cast.org.cn/n435777/n435792/n435854/n435951/appendix/200852310248.pdf) LAI W L, TSANG W F "Characterization of pore systems of air/water-cured concrete using ground penetrating radar (GPR) through continuous water injection)". Construction and Building Materials, Vol. March 2008 (2008) (http://www.highbeam.com/doc/1G1-175109513.html) LAI W L, TSANG W F "Characterization of pore systems of air/water-cured concrete using ground penetrating radar (GPR) through continuous water injection)". Construction and Building Materials, Vol. March 2008 (2008) (http://www.highbeam.com/doc/1G1-175109513.html) POON C.S., KOU S.C., TENG J.G., LAI W.L., TSANG W.F., LAI C.C. "Quantitative study on bond behavior between fiber-reinforced polymer (FRP) and concrete interface using Infra-Red Thermography (IRT)". The First Asia-Pacific Conference on FRP in Structures, Hong Kong, December 2007, pp.717-722 (2007) POON, C.S., KOU, S.C., TENG, J.G., LAI, W.L., TSANG, W.F., LAI, C.C. "Quantitative Study on Bond Behavior between Fiber-reinforced Polymer (FRP) and Concrete Interface Using Infra-red Thermography (IRT)". The First Asia-Pacific Conference on FRP in Structures, HK, December 2007 (2007) CHAN, F.W.Y., TSANG, S.W.F. "Quality Assurance of Concrete Foundation Elements using an Ultrasonic Evaluation Technique". Insight, Vol. 48, No. 6, pp.360-367 (2006) HO, S. L., TSANG, W.F., LEE, K.K., LEE, K.Y., LAI, W.L., TAM, H.Y., HO, T.K. "Monitoring of the Vertical Movement of Rail Sleepers with the Passage of Trains". International Conference on Railway Condition Monitoring, Birmingham, UK,, 29 - 30 November 2006 (2006) LAI W. L., TSANG W. F., FANG H., XIAO D. "Experimental determination of bulk dielectric properties and porosity of porous asphalt and soils using GPR and a cyclic moisture variation technique". Geophysics, Vol. 71, No. 4, pp.K93-K102 (July-August 2006) LAI, W. L, TSANG, W. F. "Experimental Evaluation of Honeycombed Concrete by Surface Penetrating Radar". The ASNT Fall Conference and Exhibition, Columbus, Ohio, USA, October 17-21, 2005 , pp.435-438 (2005) LAI, W. L., TSANG, W. F. "Characterization of Soil Texture by Dielectric Constant using Ground Penetrating Radar and Cyclic Variation of Moisture Content of Soils". The SEG International Exposition and Seventy-Fifth Annual Meeting, the George R. Brown Convention Center, Houston, Texas, USA, 6-11 November 2005, pp.1192-1195 (2005)

CHAN, FIONA W Y, TSANG, STEVEN W F "Effects of Different Sonic Access Tube Materials on the Signal Strength of Ultrasonic Waves in the Cross-hole Sonic Logging Technique". HKIE Transactions, Vol. 12, No. 2, pp.1-7 (2005) TSANG W.F., CHAN F.W.Y "Earth Echo Sounding Technique for Quality Control of Drilled Shaft Foundations". INSIGHT Journal of the British Institute of Non-Destructive Testing (BINDT), Vol. 46, No. 1, pp.17-22 (January 2004) TSANG W.F., LAI W.L., CHAN W.Y. "A Preliminary Study of Data Fusion Techniques (DFTs) on Evaluation of Defective Concrete by Pulsed Radar and Ultrasonic Systems". Conference Proceedings of the British Institute of Non-Destructive Testing, NDT, UK, (2003) TSANG W.F., CHU Y.L. "Structural Integrity Assessment of Reinforced Concrete Balcony by Instrumented Impact Hammer Technique". Conference Proceedings of the British Institute of Non-Destructive Testing, NDT, UK, (2003) TSANG W.F., CHAN F.W.Y. “The Application of an In-house Multiple Referencing System (MRS) for Evaluation of Foundation Concrete Elements”. Conference Proceedings of the British Institute of Non-Destructive Testing, NDT, UK, (2003)


Subject Code BRE216

Subject Title Economics for Construction and Real Estate

Credit Value 3

Level 2


Nil

Objectives

This subject is intended to: 1. Provide students with an economics perspective of the real estate and construction

sectors, and an understanding of their roles on the general economy. 2. Introduce to students the institutions within which the industry and its professions

operate and interact with. 3. Enable students to identify and analyze industry-wide problems based on an

understanding of the market structure, performance and behaviour of the industry.



1. Describe the size and market structure of the property and construction industries, and consequently articulate why construction and real estate has played an important role on economic development, particularly in the case of Hong Kong. In particular, students would be able to: a) describe the contribution of the property and construction industries to

economic growth, b) describe how much the construction output has been in countries around the

globe, c) describe some salient features of the property and construction sectors.

2. Apply macroeconomics theories, in particular those concerning business

fluctuations, aggregate demand, and the Keynesian multiplier model to understand and describe the economic and social role of the property and construction industries. With such competence, students would be able to: a) evaluate whether fiscal plans adopted by governments around the globe would

work as intended to stimulate the general economy, b) give their own ideas of how such fiscal policies should be formulated and

implemented in view of constraints and limitations. c) articulate the inter-relationship between the property and construction

industries, the banking industry and the macro-economy.

3. Be able to inter-relate the various sectors of the construction industry, including new build, retrofitting, building and infrastructure works.

4. Be able to articulate the roles and interdependence of participants in the construction and real estate industry, including developers, consultants, contractors, property managers and the government.

5. Be able to identify problems related to the market structure and the behaviours of the stakeholders.

6. Be able to effectively communicate their ideas, to make contributions to teamwork and to demonstrate their leadership potential. Students are required to present their works and findings in groups and lead the discussions afterwards, learning to

communicate their ideas and advance their arguments in an effective and convincing manner. The group work setting will also facilitate their understanding of group dynamics, cultivating their leadership skills and nurturing their sense of responsibility being part of a team. They are assessed both individually and as a group.


Overview of macro-economic theories. Roles of property and construction on the economy, with comparisons between some economies around the globe and the particular case of Hong Kong. The relationship between the property, construction and the financial/banking sectors. Characteristics of the construction industry. The role of surveying and property management consultants in project and property management. An overview of market structure, performance and behaviour of the real estate and construction industry in Hong Kong. Economic problems associated with the Asian Financial Crisis, the Sub-prime Crisis and globalisation.


Students spend half of their total contact hours in mass lectures, and another half in seminars. Tutorials are interactive and students are encouraged to participate in discussions. Topics are introduced in the lectures and the key issues highlighted as well, supplemented with further learning and reference materials downloaded from the web. Subsequent seminars provide the opportunity for more in-depth discussion of the main issues delivered in the lectures. Themes of the seminars will follow closely that of the lectures, so that the framework introduced in the lectures can be further illustrated, exemplified and elaborated. Learning materials will also be assessible from the web.



% weighting


1 2 3 4 5 6

1. Seminar/Group Report 1

20% √ √ √ √


20% √ √ √ √

3. Examination 60% √ √ √ √ √ √

Total 100 %


Learning outcomes

Assessed principally through

Oral Seminar

Presentation

Written Seminar Report

Attendance and

Performance in Class

Examination

All-rounded attributes:

1. to possess skills to identify, analyze and solve problems

√ √

2. to have an understanding of professional, social and ethical responsibilities

√

3. to communicate effectively √ √ √ √

5. to contribute as team member and to lead effectively

√ √

7. to identify contemporary issues

√ √

Intended learning outcomes of course:

1. An ability to describe the size and market structure of the property and construction industries are and consequently an understanding of why construction and real estate has played an important role on economic development, particularly in the case of Hong Kong.

√

√

√

2. Be capable of applying macroeocnomics theories, in particular those concerning business fluctuations, aggregate demand, and the Keynesian multiplier model on the economic and social role of the property and construction industries.

√

3. Be able to inter-relate the various sectors of the construction industry, including new build, retrofitting, building and infrastructure works.

√

4. Be able to articulate the roles and interdependence of participants in the construction and real estate industry, including developers, consultants, contractors, property managers and the government.

√

√

√

5. Be able to identify problems related to the market structure and the behaviours of the stakeholders

√ √ √

The assessment criteria adopted in tutorial seminars Nature of Coursework: Individual Presentation and Group Report Assessment criteria: 1. Seminar (oral presentation) – individual assessment (40%) 2. Seminar (Group report) – overall (group) assessment (40%) 3. Attendance and active participation in Q and A (20%) 1. Seminar (oral presentation) – individual assessment (40%) Individual assessment is based on:

a. Clarity of presentation b. Oral presentation skills c. Facilitation of Q & A session

2. Seminar (Group report) – overall (group) assessment (40%) Assessment of the group is based on:

a. Understanding of the central theme and identification of relevant issues b. Collection of data / information c. Data interpretation and analyses d. Written communication skills. e. Conclusion

3. Attendance and active participation in Q and A (20%) Each student is encouraged to participate actively in the Q & A session. Each student was asked to raise at least one question. Evidences students are expected to give to get the various grades under the criteria:

Grade Report Presentation A+ 1. Excellent understanding of the

central theme and identification of relevant issues

2. Insightful and stimulating 3. Very good collection of data /

information (with some extra reading)

4. Very good data interpretation and analyses (good illustration by examples, case studies, figures and other evidences)

5. Display excellent written communication skills.

6. Excellent conclusion

1. Clarity of presentation 2. Stimulating presentation 3. Excellent oral presentation skills 4. Excellent Facilitation of Q & A

session

A 1. Very good understanding of the central theme and identification of relevant issues

2. Good collection of data / information

3. Good data interpretation and analyses (Good illustration of the answer by examples, case studies, figures and other evidences).

4. Display very good written

1. Clarity of presentation 2. Good oral presentation skills 3. Facilitation of Q & A session

communication skills. 5. Very good conclusion

B+ 1. Good understanding of the central theme and identification of relevant issues

2. Good collection of data / information

3. Good data interpretation and analyses

4. Display good written communication skills

5. Good conclusion

1. Clarity of presentation 2. Good oral presentation skills 3. Good facilitation of Q & A session

B 1. Good understanding of the central theme and identification of relevant issues

2. Sufficient data collection, interpretation and analyses

3. Display good written communication skills

4. Good conclusion

1. Clarity of presentation 2. Good oral presentation skills 3. Facilitation of Q & A session

C+ 1. Understanding of the central theme and display adequate knowledge of the subject

2. Sufficient data collection and analyses

3. Display reasonably good written communication skills

4. Reasonably good conclusion

1. Familiarity with the topic 2. Reasonably good oral presentation

skills 3. Some facilitation and participation

of Q & A session

C 1. Reasonable understanding of the central theme and display adequate knowledge of the subject

2. Provide sufficient data and information

3. Display some written communication skills

4. May have a reasonably good conclusion

1. Familiarity with the topic 2. Reasonably good oral presentation

skills 3. Poor participation of Q & A

session

D+ 1. Display inadequate knowledge of the subject

2. Provide poor and insufficient data / information

3. Display poor written communication skills

4. May not have a conclusion

1. Poor knowledge of the topic 2. Poor oral presentation skills 3. Poor participation of Q & A

session

D 1. Display poor knowledge of the subject



4. May not have a conclusion

1. Very poor knowledge of the topic 2. Poor oral presentation skills 3. Poor participation of Q & A

session

F 1. Display no knowledge of the subject



1. No knowledge of the topic 2. Poor oral presentation skills 3. Poor participation of Q & A

session


Class contact:

Lecture 21 Hrs.

Seminars/Tutorials 21 Hrs.


Independent Study 120 Hrs.



Recommended:

Samuelson, P.A. and Nordhaus, W.D. (2010). Economics, 19th edition. McGraw-Hill International Edition.

Supplementary:

Chiang, Y.H. Anson, M. and Raftery, J. (2004) The Construction Sector in Asian Economies. London and NewYork: Spon Press. 491pp.

Glahe, F. & Lee, D. (1989), Microeconomics, Harcourt Brace Jovanovich: New York.

Hong Kong Government, Annual Economic Reports and Reviews, H.K. Government Printer.

Hong Kong Polytechnic University, AsiaConstruct Annual Country Reports on Construction and Real Estate Industry.

Raftery, J. (1998), Principles of Building Economics, Blackwell Scientific Publications: Oxford.

Eccles, T., Sayce, S., and Smith, J.(1999) Property and Construction Economics, International Thomson Business Press


Subject Code BRE217

Subject Title Planning and Development

Credit Value 3

Level 2


Nil

Objectives

1. Examine the underlying forces governing the development of urban form in modern cities.

2. Review the planning and development control system in Hong Kong.

3. Evaluate government policies and regulations on land uses.



a) Analyze the socio-economic and institutional factors affecting land use patterns, urban built-forms, and growth and decline of cities.

b) Comprehend the regulations and practices related to urban planning and development context.

c) Understand the conflict between conservation and real estate development and the limitations of urban planning.

d) Communicate and work effectively with various professionals involved in the land development process


A review of planning system and land use problems in Hong Kong; Discussions on Territorial Development Strategy, harbor reclamation, urban redevelopment and rural area planning; an overview of the land conversion and development process in Hong Kong; an introduction to statutory and administrative control systems related to urban development; an evaluation on the tactics adopted by professional to tackle the common problems arising from the urban development process; a critical review of government policy affecting the land development industry.


Relevant theories, concepts and regulations related to urban planning will be introduced in lectures, supplemented with applications and discussions during seminars. Outside planning professionals will be invited to give guest lecture on current planning and development issues. Students are required to conduct case studies on planning issues and present their findings in tutorial class. Students will be required to participate in discussions during tutorial class and provide comments on their classmates’ research works.



% weighting


a b c d e

1. Student projects 30%

2. Written Examination 70%

Total 100 %



Class contact:

Lectures 21 Hrs.

Seminars 21 Hrs.


Readings 60 Hrs.

Group discussion and project works 60 Hrs.


Reading List and References Levy, John M. (2009) Contemporary Urban Planning, Pearson/Prentice Hall

Ratcliffe, John (2009) Urban Planning and Real Estate development, Routledge

Hong Kong SAR Government, Planning and Lands Bureau (2007) Hong Kong 2030: Planning Vision and Strategy – Final Report

Hong Kong Institute of Planners, Planning and Development, Journal of the HKIP, various issues

Hong Kong Institute of Planners (1996) Planning in Hong Kong Kong 1997 and Beyond

Lai, Wai-chung, Ho, Chi-wing, Leung, Hing-fung (2004) Change in use of land : a practical guide to development in Hong Kong, Hong Kong University Press

Nissim, R. (2008) Land Administration and Practice in Hong Kong, Hong Kong University Press

Hong Kong Government (1991) Comprehensive Review of the Town Planning ordinance, Consultative Document, Hong Kong Government Printer


Subject Code BRE218

Subject Title Integrated Project I

Credit Value 3

Level 2


Nil

Objectives

1. Provide a platform for students to integrate their knowledge about current issues in the building and property industry.

2. Encourage student-centred learning and develop their generic and professional competence.

3. Provide basic and practical training in construction drawing skills.



Academic Outcomes 1. Relate the current issues in building and property industry to personal and

professional development 2. Synthesize the knowledge of different disciplines 3. Evaluate these issues in a systematic and analytical manner and articulate

arguments 4. Demonstrate skills in construction drawing 5. Use AutoCAD in project work Generic Outcomes 1. Gather and analyze relevant information using appropriate technology 2. Communicate the arguments in a clear and articulate manner 3. Develop critical and creative minds 4. Work independently and identify needs for self-learning and self-improvement 5. Co-operate with others in a professional team working environment to excel for

the common goal


Examples of contemporary issues in building and real estate industry: Role, function and duty of professionals Market structure, industrial organization and competitive environment Government, law and industry Globalization and professionalism Sustainability and environmental issues Technology application, development and advancement Building maintenance and property management Urban development, urban form and built environment Education, training and continued professional development, etc. Industrial Centre (IC) Training:

・ Construction drawing: AutoCAD


This subject comprises two separate components: (a) BRE Professional studies (2 credits); and, (b) Industrial Centre (IC) training (1 credit). BRE Professional studies

This component will be delivered by means of lecture sessions and interactive tutorial discussions.

Lectures allow teaching staff (and visiting speakers from the industry if appropriate) to brief the students on the contemporary debates in the building and property industry. These lectures enable the students to learn to describe the issues, relate them to their personal/professional development and synthesize the subject matters.

Short quizzes may be held to strengthen student learning.

The main thrust of this subject is the debate to be held at the tutorial sessions. Students are required to form opposing teams, take position in a controversial topic and present their arguments in a debating session. Each team is required to carry out information collection, analysis of the topic and preparation of arguments. Every member has to present his/her arguments verbally followed by cross-examination. Floor students are required to contribute questions/comments in the interactive seminar discussions. The debating topics are related to the contemporary issues in the building and property industry and addressed in the lectures. Students may be required to prepare written submissions after the tutorial sessions.

Industrial Centre (IC) Training

This component is delivered by the Industrial Centre and involves training workshops and practical project works in construction drawing.

It involves technical demonstrations, followed by self-assessments to ensure students’ acquisition of the skills.

Student attendance to the demonstrations is compulsory.



% weighting

Intended subject learning outcomes to be assessed (Academic Outcomes)

1 2 3 4 5

Tutorial debates 33.33% √ √ √

Short quizzes 33.33% √ √

Industrial Centre Training Workshop

33.33% √ √

Total 100 %


% weighting

Intended subject learning outcomes to be assessed (Generic Outcomes)

1 2 3 4 5

Tutorial debates 33.33% √ √ √ √ √

Short quizzes 33.33% √ √

Industrial Centre Training Workshop

33.33% √ √ √

Total 100 %

Student performance in this subject is entirely based upon continuous assessment and students are required to achieve a pass in both the BRE and the IC components. Students will be assessed on both individual and team efforts, and at various stages of their work. Student peer-assessments are included as appropriate. The assessed items may include class attendance & work discipline, communication skills, team-building performance, short quizzes and workshop reports. Written submissions will be assessed on the basis of their relevance, accuracy, communication, comprehensiveness and validity of analysis, practicality, creativity and imagination. Verbal presentations will be assessed in terms of the communication skills, the quality of visual aids and styles.


Class contact:

Lectures 18 Hrs.

Tutorials 7.5 Hrs.

Workshop 12 Hrs.

Laboratory 16 Hrs.


Student effort hours 120 Hrs.

Total student study effort 173.5 Hrs.


Indicative Reading List:

Chan, E. H.-w. and Wong, W.-s., (eds.). (2000). Building Hong Kong: environmental considerations. Hong Kong: Hong Kong University Press.

Chiang, Y. H., Anson, M. and J. Raftery (2004) (eds.) The construction sector in Asian economies. London: Spon.

Chiang, Y. H. and S. Ganesan. (1996). Construction in Hong Kong. Aldershot: Avebury.

Deakin, M. (2004). Property management: corporate strategies, financial instruments, and the urban environment. Aldershot: Ashgate.

Kyle, R. C. et al. (2005) Property management. Chicago : Dearborn Real Estate Education.

Lai, W. C. and Ho, C. W., (2000). Planning buildings for a high-rise environment in Hong Kong, Hong Kong: HKU Press.

Lai, W. C., Ho, C. W. and Leung, H. F., (2004). Change in the use of land, Hong Kong: HKU Press.

Leung, A.Y.T. and Yiu, C.Y. (2003) (eds). Building dilapidation and rejuvenation in Hong Kong: Hong Kong: City U of Hong Kong Press.

Nissim, R. (1998). Land administration & practice in Hong Kong, Hong Kong: HKU Press.

Poon, N.T. & Chan, H. W. (1998). (eds.) Real estate development in Hong Kong, Hong Kong: PACE.

Sullivan, W. M. (2005).Work and integrity: the crisis and promise of professionalism in America. San Francisco, CA : Jossey-Bass.

IC Trainee Handbook. Downloaded at http://www.ic.polyu.edu.hk/student_net/downloadform.htm.


Subject Code BRE291

Subject Title Construction Technology I

Credit Value 3

Level 2


Nil

Objectives

This subject is intended to: 1. Equip students with an understanding of scientific and engineering principles

governing the construction of buildings. 2. Be aware of the range of building materials available for construction and

gain an understanding of the key concepts determining classification, properties and applications.



1. Relate basic construction vocabulary and terminology of construction for various building elements/components,

2. Possess a knowledge of functional requirements of various building elements/components.

3. Give preliminary appraisal to the performances of various building elements/components with respect to their corresponding performance requirements.

4. Relate the inter-relationship among building elements/components. 5. Interpret and extract information from construction drawings.


Technology: Introduction to the development of construction technology. System concept

in modeling construction process. Functional requirements, vocabulary and construction processes of various

building elements: including excavation & foundations, walls, floors and roofs.

Functional requirements, vocabulary and construction processes of various building components: including stairs, non-load bearing walls, doors, windows, suspended ceiling and finishes.

Structure: Introduction to structural engineering concept and vocabulary. Introduction to

forces and their effects on structures. Simple Structural Mechanics on Shear Force & Bending Moment


Lectures, tutorials and workshop training constitute the delivery of the subject. Lectures aims at delivering the basic core concepts and knowledge, which are to be discussed and consolidated through tutorials. Workshop training provides hands on experience to student on selected construction methods.


Assessment of the subject will be in the form of written report, journal of site activities and tutorial exercises on structures. Written report aims at assessing students’ competence in relating and appraising functional requirements of building elements/components. Journal of site activities helps students to relate concept and knowledge to actual works on site and relate the inter-relationship among building elements/components. Also, students learns to work in a teams and develop team working spirit and leadership. Tutorial exercises provide opportunities to students to apply structural principles in explaining simple structural behaviour and solving simple structural design problems. The split between coursework and examinations will be 40/60.


Class contact:

Lectures 21 Hrs.

Tutorials 21 Hrs.


Photo Dairy of Construction Site (coursework) App. 12 Hrs.

Hrs.



Recommended: Chudley R. and Greeno R. (2008) Building Construction Handbook, 7th ed. Butterworth – Heinemann Chudley R. (2006) Construction Technology, 4th edition, Pearson/Prentice Hall Chudley R. (2006) Advanced Construction Technology, 4th edition, Prentice Foster J.S. (2007) Structure & Fabric Part I , 7th Edition, Mitchell Foster J.S., Harrington R., Grenno R. (2007) Structure & Fabric Part II, 7th Edition, Longman Dean Y. (1996) Finishes 4th edition, Longman Blanc A. (1994) Internal Components, Longman McEvoy M. (1994) External Components, Longman Nageim, H. Al. Durka, F., Morgan W., Williams, D. (2002) Structural Mechanics, Prentice Hall 6th edition Shaeffer R.E. (2007) Elementary Structures for Architects and Builders, Pearson/Prentice Hall 5th edition

Supplementary: H.K. Government, The Building Ordinance, CAP 123 H.K. Government Printer BRE, Digests & Current Papers. Building Research Establishment, Garston, Watford, U.K. Francis A.J. (1989) Introducing Structures, Ellis Horwood Barry R. (1999) The Construction of Buildings Vol. 1-5, 7th edition, Blackwell, Service Charlett A.J. (2007), Fundamental Building Technology, Taylor & Francis Fleming E., (2005), Construction Technology: an illustrated introduction, Blackwell



Subject Title Management for Construction and Real Estate

Credit Value 3

Level 2


Pre-requisite: Nil

Co-requisite: Nil

Exclusion: BRE292/BRE205

Objectives

This subject is intended to:

1. Provide a macroscopic view of organization and management principles as applied to the construction and real estate sectors.

2. Provide an understanding of project management and good business practice in project development, construction building management and maintenance process.

3. Develop selected management skills in practice.



a) Understand the fundamentals of management principles b) Possess managerial skills in teamwork c) Apply the principles in practice to manage performance outputs throughout

construction and maintenance processes d) Use the basic knowledge of project management and to solve problems in

practice with appropriate solution e) Understand professional, social and ethical responsibilities f) Communicate effectively g) Contribute as team member and to lead effectively


The manager and the manager’s roles: define the nature of managerial work taking into account the impacts of construction and real estate business environment; motivation concepts; foundations of group behaviour; and introduction of leadership theories. Managerial functions: concepts of organization structure and design of the variety organization structures of construction and real estate enterprises; foundations of planning, controlling, and communication and their importance for effective management of construction and real estate organizations. Introduction to project management: characteristics of project; project manager; project management context; types of project organization structures; concepts of project planning and controlling of cost, time and quality of construction projects; an appreciation of building management and maintenance works. Social responsibility and ethics: arguments for and against social responsibility as a business objective concept of professional ethics and ethical problems in construction and real estate sectors.


The theories of management will be introduced in lectures. The Management Laboratory will be used for the application of the principles to management problems through case studies. Discussion will be facilitated in tutorials by small group studies which providing opportunities for students to deliver their discussion results and thinking. Lectures, seminars, management workshops as well as tutorials will form a basic skeleton for learning management subject in year one.



% weighting


a b c d e f g

1. Group presentation

Planning techniques

12.5%

2. Case Studies 25%

3. Group presentation

Leadership and motivation

12.5%

4.Examination 50%

Total 100 %


Examination and coursework will constitute 50% and 50% of the overall mark for the subject respectively. Coursework will be set out to assess the understanding of the students on their subject during the period of teaching and learning.


Class contact:

Lecture 21 Hrs.

Tutorial/ Management Laboratory 21 Hrs.


Coursework 60 Hrs.

Self study 60 Hrs.



Recommended:

HKEDC (1996) Ethics for Professionals (Architecture, Engineering & Surveying) A Resource Portfolio for Hong Kong Universities.

Robbins S.P. and Decenzo D.A. (2008) Fundamentals of Management Essential Concepts and Applications. (6th Edition), Upper Saddle River, N.J., Prentice-Hall International Inc.

Supplementary: Association for Project Management (2006) APM Body of Knowledge. 5th Edition, Association for Project Management PMI (2004) A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK Guide), Project Management Institute Robbins S.P. and Hunsaker, P.L. (2009) Training in Interpersonal Skills – TIPS for Managing People at Work. (5th Edition), Upper Saddle River, N.J., Prentice-Hall International Inc. Tang S.L. et. al. (2003) Modern Construction Project Management (2nd Edition), Hong Kong University Press.


Subject Code AMA290

Subject Title Engineering Mathematics

Credit Value 3

Level 2


Nil

Objectives The subject aims to introduce students with some fundamental mathematical concepts. The emphasis will be on application of mathematical methods to solving practical problems in the construction industry.



1. apply knowledge of Vector Calculus to solve problems in Engineering Mathematics;

2. apply knowledge of Linear Algebra to solve problems in Engineering Mathematics;

3. apply algorithms to solve for simple Linear Programming problems;

4. apply the idea of partial derivatives and Lagrange Multiplier to solve for constrained optimization problems.


Linear Algebra: Matrices and determinants; Vectors; Systems of linear equations; General properties of solutions; Elimination methods; Ill-conditioned systems; Eigenvalues and eigenvectors; Applications. Functions of several variables: Partial derivatives; Maxima, minima and saddle points; Lagrange multiplier; Application to error estimates. Linear Programming: Formulation; Graphical solution; Simplex method; Parametric modelling.


The subject will be delivered mainly through lectures, tutorials and presentation. The lectures aim to provide the students with an integrated knowledge required for the understanding and application of mathematical concepts and techniques. To develop students’ ability for logical thinking and effective communication, tutorial and presentation sessions will be held.



% weightin

g


1 2 3 4

a. Assignment and a Mid-term Test

40%

b. Examination 60%

Total 100 %

Continuous Assessment comprises of assignments and a Mid-term Test. A written examination is held at the end of the semester.

Questions used in assignments, tests and examinations are set to test students’ ability with regard to any one of the intended learning outcomes.

To pass this subject, students are required to obtain Grade D or above in both the Continuous Assessment and the Examination components.


Class contact:

Lecture 28 Hrs.

Tutorial and Student Presentation 14 Hrs.


Assignment 20 Hrs.

Self-study 58 Hrs.



Textbook:

Chan, C.K., Chan, C.W. & Hung, K.F.

Basic Engineering Mathematics 2nd edition

McGraw-Hill 2008

References: Taha, H.A. Operations Research - An Introduction

8th edition Prentice Hall 2006

Subject Code APSS265 SELF-UNDERSTANDING AND COMMUNICATION SKILLS Level 2 Contact Hours Interactive Lecture,

Experiential Learning and Role Play

Student Effort Hours

120

Assessment Method

Coursework 100% Subject Aim:

Credit Value 3 The subject is intended to: Pre-requisites Nil Co-requisites Nil The objectives of this subject are to enable students to initiate a Exclusions Nil Process of self-understanding and self-awareness, and to develop Subject Leader/ Lecturer/Dept.

(APSS) The interpersonal communication skills essential to human service practitioners.

Learning Outcomes: Students will demonstrate their ability to:- 1. develop understanding and be aware of their personal abilities, feelings, values and attitudes related to the

roles and practice of human service practitioners; 2. develop a greater self-awareness and understanding of oneself; 3. understand the core conditions, and develop skills to establish relationships with the service-users and co-

workers in the workplace; 4. acquire the basic understanding and practice skills in interpersonal communication. Syllabus Content: Experiential Learning: As a contrast to the didactic learning approach used in lecturers, students will learn from their experience through participation and interaction in small group. Process and Pattern of Human Communication: To understand the elements of communication process and enhance sensitivity in observing and using verbal and non-verbal communication. Value Clarification: By drawing upon students’ own life and work experiences, they can understand better their own value stances and personal feelings. In this way, students are likely to be in a better position to understand the persons with whom they are working. Self-understanding: To initiate a process of self-exploration by enabling students to reflect upon their life experience, to assess their own strengths and weaknesses, and to develop greater self-awareness. Interpersonal Communication Skills: To understand and acquire the basic skills of communication, including effective attending behaviour, listening and questioning techniques, encouragement, paraphrasing, reflection of feelings, summarization and appropriate use of self.

Learning and Teaching Approach (tasks and activities designed to achieve learning outcomes): 1. Small group approach: This subject uses the small-group learning method in order to facilitate

communication, students; participation and interaction. Each group will be round 20 students. 2. Experiential Learning: simulation exercises, role plays, discussion and mini-lectures will be used in

teaching and learning. 3. Use of audio-visual facilities: This subject will be held in classrooms with audio-visual equipments so that

students can review their own performance and that of their classmates after video-taping of role-play exercises.

4. Home Assignments: Apart from learning in class, there are also take home exercises for certain topics. Assessment strategy (assessment of student performance resulting from learning tasks): Students will be required to participate actively and demonstrate competence in interpersonal communication skills through case discussion and role play exercises. They will be expected to write an autobiography to reflect on their self-understanding, and make an in-depth self-reflection by writing an essay. Peer and self-assessment will be made at the end this subject. Continuous assessment is adopted in this subject: Participation in experiential learning activities and Performance in role play exercises 50% Reflective journal and essay questions 40% Peer and self-assessment 10% Total: 100% Reading List: Essential Leung, Z., Ng, K., Ng., Y.M. et al. (2001) “認識自我與溝通技巧” 網上教材 http://www.acad.polyu.edu.hk/~sswebct。香港理工大學應用社科系。

Supplementary Brammer, L.M. (1999). The Helping Relationship: Process and Skills. Boston: Allyn & Bacon. Burnard, P. (1992). Know Yourself: Self Awareness Activities for Nurse. London: Scutari Press. Egan, G. (1998). Exercises in helping skills: a manual to accompany the skilled helper. Calif: Brooks/Cole. Egan, G. (1985). The Skilled Helper. Calif: Brooks/Cole. Hargie, O. (1997). The Handbook of Communication Skills (2nd ed.). London: Routledge. Ivey, A.E. (1994). Intentional Interviewing and Counselling (3rd ed.). Calif: Brooks/Cole. Lloyd, Sam R. (2002). Developing Positive Assertiveness (3rd ed.). Menlo Park, CA: Crisp Publications. Okun, B. (1992). Effective Helping: Interviewing and Counselling Techniques (4th ed.). Calif: Brooks/Cole. Palladino, C. (1994). Developing Self-Esteem (Revised ed.). Menlo Park, CA: Crisp Publications. Robbins, S.P. (1996). Training in Interpersonal Skills: Tips for Managing People at Work (2nd ed.) N.J. Prentice

Hall. 胡新和、唐熱鳳譯 (1966) 。溝通技巧。香港：商務印書館。黃惠惠著(1999) 。自我與人際溝通。台北：張老師出版社。李燕、李浦群譯 (1998) 。人際溝通。台北：揚智文化。


Subject Code CBS2080

Subject Title Fundamentals of Chinese Communication

Credit Value 3

Level 2

Pre-requisite Students whose HKALE result of Chinese Language and Culture is at grade D or below are advised to complete / concurrently take non-credit bearing Chinese Language Enhancement subject(s) as recommended.

Objectives This subject aims to enhance and polish the communication skills of the students in both written Chinese and Putonghua for basic usage in the workplace.



(a) develop effective communication skills in both written Chinese and Putonghua required for basic usage in the work-place; (b) master the format, organization, language and style of expression of various

genres of Chinese practical writing such as official correspondences, publicity materials, reports and proposals;

(c) give formal presentation in Putonghua;

(d) engage with formal discussion in Putonghua. Students will be required to read and write intensively for enhancing their proficiency level in written Chinese. They would be required to organize their own ideas, concepts in sensible and logical manner and present them in both written and spoken format for effective transmission of message in given contexts with specific purposes. Such learning activities would engage them in reasoning and analytical processes. The mastering of effective communication skills in both written Chinese and Putonghua will also facilitate their life-long learning in various disciplines.


1. Written Chinese for practical purposes uses of words and sentences; coherence in Chinese writing format, organization, language and style of expression of official

correspondences, publicity materials, reports and proposals; context dependent stylistic variation

2. Formal Presentation in Putonghua the articulation in Putonghua the flow of speaking choice of words, manner and gesture

3. Formal Discussion in Putonghua identification of main idea and key messages evaluation of relevancy of information in a message skills of seeking clarity/agree/disagreeing/answering to a question skills of summarizing


The subject will be conducted in Putonghua, in highly interactive seminars. The subject will motivate the students’ active participation by assigning group presentation /discussion in class. In a forum-like format, students are guided to : (1) present to the class, their understanding of each genre designed for the syllabus for discussions and improvement; (2) modify passages in a given genre/style into other genres/styles for addressing different audiences and purposes; (3) give a power-point presentation in Putonghua in front of the whole class, then receive on spot feedback for discussion and improvement; then (4) prepare a written report/proposal on the same topic; and (5) engage in formal discussion in Putonghua on topics related to current issues and/or business operation; then (6) produce a written document on the same topic using a chosen genre.



% weighting


a b c d e

1. Written Assignment 30% √ √ 2. Oral Presentation 30% √ √ 2. Examination 40% √ √ √ √ Total 100%

Explanation of the appropriateness of the assessment methods in assessing the intended learning outcomes: Both written assignments and oral presentation will focus on the functions of communication and the adequacy of language used in authentic social settings. The examination emphasizes the correctness of expression and students’ general competence in Chinese Language.


Class contact:

° Seminar

42 Hrs.


° Outside class practice

3 x 12 = 42 Hrs.

° Self-study

3 x 12 = 42 Hrs.



路德慶主編 (1982) 《寫作教程》, 華東師範大學出版社。邵守義 (1991) 《演講全書》, 吉林人民出版社。陳健民 (1994) 《說話的藝術》, 語文出版社。李軍華 (1996) 《口才學》, 華中理工大學出版社。陳瑞端 (2000) 《生活錯別字》, 中華書局。邢福義、汪國勝主編 (2003) 《現代漢語》, 華中師範大學出版社。于成鯤主編 (2003) 《現代應用文》, 復旦大學出版社。鍾文佳 (2004) 《漢語口才學》, 西南師範大學出版社。李白堅、丁迪蒙 (2004) 《大學體型寫作訓練規程》, 上海大學出版社。于成鯤、陳瑞端、秦扶一、金振邦主編 (2011) 《當代應用文寫作規範叢書》, 復旦大學出版社。

The Hong Kong Polytechnic University


Subject Code CSE290

Subject Title INTRODUCTION TO GEOTECHNOLOGY

Credit Value 3

Level 2


Nil

Objectives

1. Provide students with instruction on the fundamentals of geotechnology. 2. Provide an essential background for studies in soil mechanics, rock mechanics,

foundation engineering and geotechnical designs.



a. Understand and classify the different nature and properties of different types

of rocks. b. Understand basic soil and rock mechanics. c. Apply the knowledge to foundation designs and construction. d. Interpret the test results of the soil samplings.


Mineralogy and Petrology Minerals, Crystals; physical properties of silicate and non-silicate minerals and their identification. Igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rock, composition, rock classification and their identification. Hong Kong Rocks. Surface processes and weathering Weathering of rock, erosion and deposition; hydrological cycle (River, Marine, Wind, Glacial). Structural geology Fold, Fault and joints, stereographic projection of joint; map reading and mapping, section of geological structures. Site investigation Plan for site investigation; direct and indirect methods for site investigation and sampling, logging of boreholes in situ test (e.g. SPT, CPT, PMT, DMT, DMT,VST); interpretation of test results. Methods of geophysical exploration. Geology for engineering Geological application to tunnels. Transportation links, dams, reservoirs and catchments, coastline protection, slope and foundation. Soil mechanics Soil classification, 3 phase model , mass –volume relationship, void ratio, porosity, moisture content, specific gravity, unit weight, degree of saturation, soil consistency and Atterberg limits; soil hydraulics; basic concept of shear strength. Rock Mechanics

Index properties of rock for engineering, classification of rock masses; rock strength and failure criteria; rock slope stability. Laboratory and Fieldwork Identification of common minerals and rocks. Field and site visits to illustrate course topics, Mapping.


Fundamental knowledge will be covered in lectures. Laboratory work will provide opportunities for identification of minerals & rocks, learning the mapping skill and bore log skill, the students need to complete the work sheets. Field studies will help student appreciate the basic principles and familiarize themselves with basic instruments.



% weighting


a b c d

1.Continuous Assessment

30% √ √ √ √


Total 100 %

Students must attain at least grade D in both coursework and final examination (whenever applicable) in order to attain a passing grade in the overall result.


The students will be assessed with three components: the laboratory session, field trip session and assignment. Minerals test and rocks test will arrange after about one month of the laboratory session of identification of minerals and rocks, an examination at the end of the semester. The student will be required to attend laboratory sessions and submit individual laboratory reports. The laboratory session will strengthen geotechnology knowledge of students include identify minerals & rocks, mapping skill and bore log. The student will be required to attend field trip session and submit individual field trip report. These field trip sessions will be acquired the creative thinking. Students will have to exert engineering judgement to complete the laboratory and field trip sessions. The assignment, laboratory session and field trip session to together with the report writing are best to achieve intended learning outcomes a), b), c) and d). Minerals test, rocks test will emphasize on assessing student basic concept and current practices of minerals and rocks identification. It is appropriate to achieve intended learning outcome a). The examination will consolidate students learning in lectures. It is appropriate to achieve the intended learning a), b), c) and d).


Effort Expected

Lecture 21 Hrs.

Tutorial 14 Hrs.

Field work 7 Hrs


Reading and studying 44Hrs.

Completion of Assignments 30Hrs.

Total student study effort 120Hrs.


Glyth F.G.H. and de Freitas M.H., A Geology for Engineers, 7th Edition, ELBS, 1984 Allen P.M. and Stephens E.A., Report on the Geological Survey of Hong Kong, Government Press, Hong Kong (1971) Bell F.G., Engineering Geology and Geotechnics, Butterworths, 1980 Bell F.G., Fundamentals of Engineering Geology, Butterworths, 1983 GEO, Guide to Rock and Soil Descriptions, GeoGuide 3, GCO, Civil Engineering Services Department, Hong Kong, 1988 GEO, Guide to Site Investigation, GeoGuide 2, GEO, Geotechnical Engineering Office, Civil Engineering Department, 1987 Hoek E. and Bray J., Rock Slope Engineering, 3rd Edition, The Institution of Mining and Metallurgy: London, 1980 Holmes A., Principles of Physical Geology, 3rd Edition, Nelson, 1978 Langford R.L., Hans A. and Shaw R., Karst Geology in Hong Kong, Geological Society of Hong Kong Bulletin, No. 4, 1990 Legget and Karrow, Handbook of Geology in Civil Engineering, McGraw-Hill, 1982 Smith M.J. (1986) Concise Soil Mechanics, 4th Edition, McDonald and Evons Rahn P. H. (1996) Engineering Geology, An Environmental Approach, Prentice Hall..

West T. R. (1995) Geology Applied to Engineering, Prentice Hall.


Subject Code IC202

Subject Title Work-Integrated Education (in Summer Semester)

Credit Value 2 Training Credits

Level 2

Pre-requisite BRE218, BRE291 and IC301

Co-requisite TM1205

Objectives

This module aims at providing students an opportunity to ‘learn by doing’ in terms of participating in real site construction project. It is intended to enhance development of all-roundness and professional competences of construction students.



a) use technical knowledge in construction practices to plan and design method statements for typical construction process;

b) apply basic construction and quality control methods in typical building construction work;

c) apply interpersonal skills to work co-operatively as a member of the construction project team;

d) use building and construction terminology to communicate and interact effectively with peers and working partners in construction project; and

e) develop basic project management skills in construction site project.


1) general project management;

2) project progress planning & co-ordination;

3) engineering design & drawing;

4) site survey & setting out;

5) site construction according to design; construction methods;

6) good construction practices;

7) construction safety;

8) quality and quantities control;

9) site records and documentations;

10) communication with peers, supervisors and other parties;

11) problem solving, lateral thinking & decision making.

Learning Methodology

The module is in form of a practicum, in which trainees will be highly participative and team playing in a real site construction project. Students are provided opportunity to learn about the roles and tasks of a contractor to gain some insight into the construction engineering profession, to provide working environment for construction students to apply their professional knowledge / skills in a real-life situation.


The construction project will be a real construction work project administered and constructed by the students under the supervision of IC staff. The scope of work will in general involve miscellaneous renovation works, minor works, condition survey and building diagnosis in some school improvement projects and other non-government organizations. Students will organize themselves and team-play different roles as in a contractor. The IC staff will be the student’s supervisors and mentors, they will work with the students and monitor their performance continuously. At the end of the project, students will present their experience and reflection in with a written report and an oral presentation.

Assessment Methods Weighting

(%)

Intended Learning Outcomes Assessed

a b c d e

1. Generic Skills 40

2. Professional Competence

30

3. Reports & Oral Presentation

30

Total 100

Student Study Effort Required

Class Contact 150 Hr.

Other Study Effort 0 Hrs.

Total Study Effort 150 Hrs.


Essential Textbooks/ Reading Materials: The Hong Kong Polytechnic University, 2009, Construction Workshop, Reading Materials for the Training Modules of the Industrial Centre References: IC BCU Training Materials & Presentation for Construction Students, web site developed by the Industrial Centre for the training module. http://158.132.155.107/bcu/


Subject Code LSGI2961

Subject Title Engineering Surveying

Credit Value 3

Level 2


Nil

Objectives

Provide students with elementary theory and practice of control surveys, detail mapping, setting-out of different structures and presentation of survey data in construction projects


a. Able to master the elementary theory and techniques of engineering surveying.

b. Able to operate basic survey instruments. c. Able to collect, analyse and report survey data for the design and

construction of civil and building infrastructures. d. Able to communicate with other professionals such as real estate developers,

architects and engineers concerning survey standards, specifications and other requirements in construction projects.


Fundamentals of Engineering Surveying Principles of survey practice. World Geodetic System and Hong Kong Survey Reference Systems. Basic error analysis. Distance Measurement Tape measurement and corrections. E.D.M.: construction, operation, sources of errors. Optical measurements by stadia tacheometry. Angular Measurement Theodolite components of total station: construction, operation, observation procedures and reduction for vertical and horizontal angles, sources of errors. Vertical Control Survey - Levelling Standards, specifications, monumentation, instrumentation, and observation procedures. Levelling instruments, their calibration and applications in ordinary and precise levelling. Differential levelling. Horizontal Control Survey - Traverse Standards, specifications, monumentation, instrumentation, and observation procedures. Traverse computation by Bowditch Method and computer software. Detail Surveying and Mapping Topographic surveys and drafting by total stations and computer systems. Accuracy standards, conventional signs and entities of detail survey plans. Setting-Out for Construction Curve Computations. Circular curve, transition curve and vertical parabola.

Pass both components

Simple and compound curves. Super-elevation and cross-section database. Setting-out methods for construction of roads, drainage systems, buildings, railways and tunnels.


This subject is taught in the form of normal lectures which are supported with practical work in the appropriate areas. Hand-outs are delivered to students for some of the subjects areas. Students are instructed to consult suitable chapters of texts in due course. Students are encouraged to take their own notes in lecture session. Any problems encountered will be solved in the lecture/practical sessions or students may approach the lecturer directly in emails. Instructions, introductions and field booking sheets/forms are given to students prior to field practicals. Students may prepare for their field works in advance. Survey reports and test(s) are marked and returned to students. These will make up the mark for the continued assessments for the subject.



% weighting


a b c d e

1. Practical Reports 15% √ √ √ √

2. Practical Test 25% √ √


Total 100 %



Class contact:

Lecture+Tutorial 21+7 Hrs.

Practical 14 Hrs.


70 Hrs.



Recommended: Anderson and Mikhail (1998). Surveying Theory and Practice, McGraw Hill Bannister and Raymond (1994). Solving Problems in Surveying. Longman

Clendinning, J. and Oliver, J. (1969). Principles and use of Surveying Instruments, 3rd ed. London: Blackie.

Lam, S. (2010). Engineering Surveying for Civil Engineers: an Algorithmic

Approach, 2nd ed. Singapore: McGraw-Hill Education. Schofield, W. (2007). Engineering Surveying, 6th ed. Butterworth-Heinemann. Uren, J. and Price, W. F. (2006). Surveying for Engineers, 4th ed. Palgrave Macmillan

Level 3 Subjects: BRE 302 Structure II BRE 315 Property Valuation BRE 319 Property Investment and Finance BRE 324 Engineering Economics BRE 326 Maintenance Technology & Management BRE 329 Construction Contract Law BRE 336 Development Control Law BRE 337 Property Law BRE 341 Property Management I BRE 345 Measurement, Documentation & Estimating BRE 346 Integrated Project IIA BRE 347 Urban & Construction Economics BRE 348 Integrated Project II BRE 349 Building Services I BRE 350 Project Management Procurement BRE 351 Contract Administration BRE 377 Research Methods BRE 391 Construction Technology II BRE 3931 Temporary Work Design BRE 397 Property Management Account BRE 398 Building Information Modeling (BIM) BSE 332 Fire Services ELC 3403 Workplace English for the Faculty of Construction & Land Use ELC 3404* Job Application Skills IC 301 Industrial Safety I


Subject Code BRE302

Subject Title Structure II

Credit Value 3

Level 3


AMA290 & BRE204, or their equivalents

Objectives

Consolidate the knowledge gained in Structure I and to extend this knowledge to include structural principles as related to design/construction of structural elements in building works. At the end of this subject, the student is expected to be able to design building structural elements and appreciate the design of temporary steelworks.



a) Appreciate the structural design principles in limit state design and their applications to the design of permanent building structures according to the “ Code of Practice for the Structural Use of Steel 2005” and the “Code of Practice for Structural Use of Concrete 2004 (Second Edition)”, published by the Buildings Department of Hong Kong SAR.

b) Design and analyze the basic types of steel structural members and

connections.

c) Design and analyze the basic types of Reinforced Concrete (RC) members.

d) Appreciate the design of temporary steelworks/RC Works in building construction, tower crane erection in particular.

e) Improve on problem-solving skills, communication skills in written format,

teamwork spirit in professional context.


Design Concept

Limit states design: ultimate limit states and serviceability limit states, load combination.

Structural principles applied to the use of structural steel design

Structural steel design to the Code of Practice for the Structural Use of Steel 2005. Tension members, beams (laterally restrained and unrestrained), columns, beam-columns, welded and bolted connections.

Structural principles applied to the use of reinforced concrete design

Reinforced concrete design to the Code of Practice for Structural Use of Concrete 2004: singly and doubly reinforced concrete beams, shear reinforcement, simply supported slabs, one-way continuous slab, compression members under axial load and moment, average and local bond stresses.

Temporary works engineering

Basic principles, Codes, Standards and Regulations related to the design and erection of temporary steelworks.


Interactive lectures will enable students to understand the basic design concepts and learn how to design basic structural members with due consideration to their service conditions;

Tutorial will enable students to consolidate the structural design concept through design problem-solving assignments and discussions;

Laboratory works will enable students to identify, through a loading test, the structural behavior of a full-scale simply supported steel beam subjected to bending;

Demonstrations at the Industrial Center will enable students to appreciate the quality control and nondestructive tests on the structural steel welding.



% weighting


a b c d e

1. Assignments 35

2. Mid-term Exam 15

3. Final exam 50

Total 100 %


The students will be assessed through their independently completed assignments, which contribute to 35%, a fair percent for exercise/learning/assessment; mid-term and final exams will contributes to 65%, which is used to assess the learning results of individual student; the lab report will be prepared and assessed in small groups, which is counted as a part of the assignments.


Class contact:

LEC 21 Hrs.

TUT/LAB 21 Hrs.


SELF-STUDY/ASSIGN 120 Hrs.

Hrs.



Recommended:

MacGinley, T.J. and Choo, B.S. (1990). Reinforced concrete: design theory and examples, E & FN Spon, London. Available in NetLibrary through PolyU Library.

Moseley W.H., Bungey J.H., Hulse R. (1997). Reinforced Concrete Design, 5th Edition, Macmillan.

MacGinley, T.J. and Ang, T.C. (2004). Structural Steelwork: design to limit state theory, 3rd Edition, Elsevier Butterworth-Heinemann, Jordan Hill, Oxford.

Nethercot, D.A. (2001). Limit states design of structural steelwork, 3rd edition, Spon Press. Available in NetLibrary through PolyU Library.

Currie B., Sharp R.A. (1990). Structural Design, Stanley Thornes, Surrey, UK.

Ratay R.T. (1996). Handbook of temporary structures in construction – Engineering, Standards, Design, Practices and Procedures, 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill.

Shaprio H.T., Shaprio J.P., Shaprio L.K. (1999). Cranes and Derricks, 3rd Edition, McGraw-Hill.

Skinner H., Watson T., Dunkley, B. and Blackmore P. (2005). Tower crane stability, final contractor’s report, CIRIA, UK. Supplementary:

Structural Use of Concrete - BS 8110: Part 1, 1997, British Standards Institution.

Code of Practice for the Structural Use of Steel, Buildings Department, Government of HKSAR, 2005.

Steelwork Design Guide to BS 5950: Parts 1 and 2. The Steel Construction Institute and The British Constructional Steelwork Association Limited, UK.

Construction Sites (Safety) Regulation, Cap. 59, HKSAR.

Factories and Industrial Undertaking Ordinance, Section 6A & 6B – General Duties, HKSAR.

Factories and Industrial Undertaking (lifting Appliance and lifting Gear) Regulation, HKSAR.

Code of Practice for Safe Use of Mobile Cranes & Tower Cranes, Labour Dept., HKSAR.

Code of Practice for Safe Use of Cranes BS7121: Parts1 & 2, British Standards Institution.


Subject Code BRE315

Subject Title Property Valuation

Credit Value 3

Level 3


BRE216 and BRE217/ Nil / Nil

Objectives

This subject is intended to: 1. Understand the nature of the market and property values. 2. Examine the theories of current valuation methods. 3. Solve valuation problems.


Learning Outcomes: Students will demonstrate their ability to:- 1. Identify the various frameworks, including physical, economic and legal, that

affect property value. 2. Evaluate the choices of the various valuation approaches and methods in the

valuation of different types of property for different types of value estimate. 3. Apply current valuation methods to solve valuation problems. 4. Identify the use of valuation in the management and decision making process in

real estate development, investment and management.


Brief Syllabus Content: Value and valuation; concepts; economic principles; valuation tables; role of valuer. Real property market data sources: information; market trends and cycles. Valuation process; valuation report writing. Methods of valuation; comparative, investment, residual, cash flow; cost and profits methods. Valuation of freehold and leasehold interests; capital and rental values; theories of yield; deferred and varying incomes; extension and renewal of leases. Valuation methods adopted in the People’s Republic of China and overseas.


Lecturers will be used to provide students with a good understanding of the basic valuation concepts and theories, and will be supplemented with self-learning packages. Wherever possible, case studies will be used to illustrate how principles can be applied into practice. Tutorials will be used by the lecturer and students to discuss valuation problems and assignments while seminars provide suitable forums for presentation by the students. Students are also required to prepare a ‘real life’

valuation report. Outside speakers will be invited to give talks on current valuation practice in Hong Kong as well as other countries.



% weighting


a b c d e

1.Coursework 50%

2. Examination 50%

Total 100 %


Students will be assessed through both coursework and examination. Coursework will consist of valuation report and problem solving assignments in the form of quiz. Both examination and coursework assess learning outcome 1 to 4.


Class contact:

Lecture 21 Hrs.

Hrs.


Seminar/ Tutorial 21 Hrs.

Hrs.



Recommended: Johnson, T. T. (2000) Modern Methods of valuation of land, houses and buildings, Estates Gazette Li Ling-hin, (1999) Property Valuation in Hong Kong: Theories and Legal Application, PACE Millington, A.F., (2000) An Introduction to Valuation, Estates Gazette Appraisal Institute, (2001) The appraisal of Real Estate, Chicago, Ill.: Appraisal Institute Brown, G.T., “Real Estate Cycles Alter the Valuation Perspective”, The Appraisal Journal, October 1984, 539-549

Supplementary: Issac, D., & Steley, T., (2000) Property Valuation Techniques, Macmillan Baum, A., & Crosby, N., (1995), Property Investment Appraisal, Routledge Davidson, A.W., (1989) Parry’s Valuation and Investment Tables, Estate Gazette


Subject Code BRE319

Subject Title Property Investment and Finance

Credit Value 3

Level 3


Pre-requisite: BRE216

Objectives

1. Enable students to understand key financial theories and the analytical techniques related to investment decisions.

2. Foster students’ awareness and understanding of property finance and the use of

real-estate related financial instruments in today’s context.


Upon completion of the subject, students should be able to: a. use financial theories to assess a landed property as an investment asset with regard

to its risk and return, b. draw upon the implications of financial planning on property investment decisions, c. appraise alternative investments within the context of Hong Kong, including both

direct and indirect real estate investments and other financial instruments, d. interpret and evaluate the financial strength of real estate companies, e. possess skills to identify, analyze and solve problems on contemporary issues in

the Hong Kong real estate and financial markets.


Property Finance An overview of capital markets, the different financial systems and different financing tools available. An introduction of financial accounting including principal accounting concepts, financial statement composition and interpretation, and financial ratio analysis. Capital structure, implication of gearing and tax advantage. Property Investment Investment concepts and principles; investment vehicles; comparison between property investment and financial investment vehicles (including both direct and indirect property investments). Investment appraisal techniques. Portfolio analysis, diversification and capital market theory, risk and return in property and financial investments.


The methods of teaching comprise: 1. Formal lectures for explaining the principles of property finance and investment

from which students can get an understanding of the financial theories and their applications to the landed property in Hong Kong. Each lecture is at 1.5 hrs per week for a period of 14 weeks.

2. Seminars and tutorials for students to present and discuss the key financial concepts and their applications contained in selected Journal papers and articles, and on contemporary issues of Hong Kong property and financial markets. Case studies are also conducted to discuss various topical issues with real examples in the seminars. Each seminar/tutorial is at 1.5 hrs per week in small groups for a total period of 14 weeks.



% weighting


a b c d e 1. Presentation / Group Report

50% √ √ √ √ √

2. Examination 50% √ √ √ √ Total 100 %

Explanation of the appropriateness of the assessment methods in assessing the intended learning outcomes: Individual presentation in seminars and tutorials and group reports (50%) can help create an environment that encourages active learning among students, consolidate their understanding on the topics and enable application of theories in key and contemporary issues through discussion and argument, so that the Intended Learning Outcomes from a. to e. can be achieved by going through the learning process. Assessment criteria for individual presentation include: oral presentation skill, familiarity with the topic, quality of visuals and responses to questions during discussion. Assessment criteria for group reports include: written communication skills, data/information collection, data interpretation and analysis, identification of problem/issue and conclusion. Examination (50%) is used to test whether the students have acquired the financial techniques and analytical skills for performing investment appraisals, including the ability for performing the tasks stated in the Intended Learning Outcomes from a. to d.


Class contact:

Lectures 21 Hrs.

Seminars / tutorials 21 Hrs.


Independent study 120 Hrs.



Reading List: Brown, G.R. and Matysiak, G.A. (2000). Real Estate Investment: A Capital Market Approach, Prentice Hall. Brealey, R.A. and Myers, S.C. (2004). Principles of Corporate Finance, McGraw Hill. Mott, Graham (1999). Accounting for Non-Accountants – A Manual for Managers and Students, Kogan Page. Wild, J.J.; Subramanyam, K.R. and Halsey, R.F. (2003). Financial Statement Analysis, 8th Edition, McGraw-Hill.

Brueggeman, W.B. and J.D. Fisher. (1993), Real Estate Finance and Investments, Boston: Irwin, 9th Edition. Brett, M. (1992). Property and Money, Estates Gazette. Dubben, N. and Sayce, S. (1991). Property Portfolio Management: An Introduction, Routledge, New York. Ho, Y.K. (Ed), (1991). The Hong Kong Financial System, Oxford University Press. Lumby, Steve, (1994). Investment Appraisal and Financial Decisions (5th edition), Chapman & Hall. Millington, A.F. (1994). An Introduction to Property Valuation (4th Edition), Estates Gazette. Norfolk, W. (1981). Accounting for the Building Trade, Hutchinson Educational Ltd. Supplementary: Clauretie, T.M. and Sirmans, C.S. (1996). Real Estate Finance: Theory and Practice, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall. Fraser, W.D. (1993). Principles of Property Investment & Pricing (2nd edition), Macmillan, Great Britain. Calatchi, R.F. and Rosenberg, S.B. (Eds) (1992). Property Finance: An International Perspective, London: Euromoney Books. Scott, R.H. (Ed), (1986). Hong Kong’s Financial Institutions and Markets, Oxford University Press. Sin, S.F. (1987). Building Project Finance in Hong Kong: Law and Practice, Butterworth. Upson, A., (1987). Financial Management for Contractors, BSP. Weston, J.F., (1986). Managerial Finance, Dryen Press.


Subject Code BRE324

Subject Title Engineering Economics

Credit Value 3

Level 3


Nil

Objectives

Engineers are members of one of the principal ‘spending professions’ in the sense that they carry responsibility for the design and production of infrastructure and the built environment. Economic analysis as applied to engineering and construction is concerned with pursuing the better use of resources, and providing the analytical support for decisions about achieving value for money and choosing between competing alternatives that will give us a sustainable future. This subject is intended to: Equip students with theories and analytical skills necessary to make well informed decisions.



a. Identify, structure and analyse diverse problems arising from the changing social, economic, environmental and technological pressures

b. Evaluate alternative strategic options c. Describe the size and market structure of the property and construction industries

are and consequently to understand why construction and real estate has played an important role on economic development, particularly in the case of Hong Kong

d. Undertake financial feasibility of engineering projects e. Possess skills to identify, analyse and solve problems f. Contribute as team member and to lead effectively


Engineering/Construction Economics: Relationship between the construction and engineering sector and the economy. Globalization of capital markets. Demand for construction. Pricing mechanism for construction or engineering projects. Financial aspects of different contract strategies. Design economics. Whole life costing. Value Management. Principles of Project Appraisal: Time value of money. Net present value and internal rate of return. Project investment appraisal and feasibility studies. Risk and Uncertainty: Capital budgeting. Risk analysis and estimation of risk premiums, Probabilistic techniques for project appraisal. Weighted average cost of capital. Budgeting and Cost Control: Cumulative expenditure and revenue curves. Design and production cost control. Cost and Break-even Analysis: Fixed costs, variable costs. Working capital. Cost control curves. Calculation of break-even point.


1st seven weeks Students spend half of their total contact hours in mass lectures, and another half in seminars. Lectures are interactive and students are encouraged to participate in discussions. Topics are introduced in the lectures and the key issues highlighted as well, supplemented with further learning and reference materials downloaded from the web. Subsequent seminars provide the opportunity for more in-depth discussion of the main issues delivered in the lectures. Themes of the seminars will follow closely that of the lectures, so that the framework introduced in the lecturers can be further illustrated, exemplified and elaborated. 2nd seven weeks Interactive lectures with discussions and Q&A to test students understanding

before starting a new topic Use of videos to introduce concepts and pose discussions during tutorials Quiz to test students understand on this subject Sharing and discussions in tutorials Use both local and overseas real-life case studies to facilitate understanding and

appreciation of real-life practices



% weighting


a b c d e f

1. Group project 25% √ √ √ √ √ √

2. Quiz 25% √ √ √

3. Examination 50% √ √ √ √ √

Total 100 %


1st seven weeks To access the learning outcome of “financial feasibility of engineering projects”, students did a group project modified from sample questions of the Chartered Financial Analyst Institute. A pass in this assignment would demonstrate their ability to apply their knowledge in financial analysis at a level that is commensurate with that required by an international professional body. 2nd seven weeks To access the learning outcome of various topics covered in the 2nd seven week, students did quiz at the end of the 7th lecture in order to assess their overall learning for different topics. A pass in this quiz (would demonstrate their ability to apply their knowledge in using various tools for construction/infrastructure project assessment.


Class contact:

lectures 21Hrs.

tutorials 21Hrs.


reading from recommended texts / materials provided in e-learning system

23 Hrs.

group project / quiz preparation 55 Hrs.



Ashworth A. (2010) “Cost Studies of Buildings”, Pearson. Harris F., McCaffer, R. & Edum-Fotwe, F. (2006) “Modern Construction Management”, Blackwell. Kelly J., Male S. & Graham D. (2004) “Value Management of Construction Projects”, Blackwell Science. Kelly J., Morledge R. & Wilkinson S. (2002) “Best Value in Construction”. Blackwell Science. Pilcher R. (1994) “ Project Cost Control in Construction”, BSP. Poon T.N.T. & Chan E.H.W. (1998) “Real Estate Development in Hong Kong”, PACE. Raftery J. (1994) “Risk Analysis in Project Management”, E & FN Spon. Tang S.L. (2003) “Economic Feasibility of Projects: Managerial and Engineering Practice”, Chinese University Press. Various materials provided in the designated e-learning management system.


Subject Code BRE326

Subject Title Maintenance Technology & Management

Credit Value 3

Level 3


Pre-requisites : BRE291 or BRE294

Objectives

1. To strengthen students’ building technology knowledge with particular focus on the repair and maintenance disciplines; 2. To give students a basic knowledge on how to manage the maintenance works efficiently and effectively.



Item Intended Professional Learning Outcomes 1. identify the causes of common defects and material

deterioration. 2. diagnose building defects and propose remedial actions. 3. monitor and supervise the quality of maintenance work. 4. understand the principles and execution of maintenance

planning and management. 5. evaluate maintenance needs and execute the work effectively.


Maintenance Technology : Deterioration of common building materials – mechanisms and protection Typical deteriorating factors for reinforced concrete in Hong Kong Common defects of building elements Health and environmental issues in building maintenance Testing and diagnosis of building defects, remedies and prevention Maintenance Management & Planning : Types of maintenance, classifications and selection criteria Maintenance planning and scheduling: budgeting, resources allocation and timing of maintenance Alternative methods on executing of maintenance works: direct labour and contract out Contract procurement for maintenance works Safety and environmental considerations for maintenance works Relationship between design and maintenance; feedback on design Life cycle costing concept on selection of alternatives


Interactive Lectures will enable students to: 1. understand the deterioration mechanisms of common building materials and

causes of building defects (A1) 2. be able diagnose the causes of building defects and to rectify the defects (A2, A3) 3. analyse and compare alternatives in the process of building repair (A4,A5) 4. apply the theories and concepts to upkeep the healthy condition of the building

stocks (A3,A4) Tutorial will enable students to: 1. consolidate the knowledge on technological and managerial concepts used in the

building repair industry through problem-solving assignments, case study and discussions. (A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, B1, B2, B3 & B4)

Laboratory will enable students to: 1. identify the appropriate tests to diagnose defects (A1, A2, B1)



% weighting


1 2 3 4 5

1. Coursework 30%

2. Examination 70%

Total 100 %


Students could demonstrate their understanding on the subject through the preparation of coursework and presentation. Problem-based learning and case study approach will be used.

Students’ overall understanding of the subject will be assessed in the examination, on both the theoretical knowledge and practical application.


Class contact:

Lecture 21 Hrs.

Tutorial 21 Hrs.


Self-development 57 Hrs.

Coursework preparation 21 Hrs.



Recommended: Briffett, C., (1995), Building Maintenance Technology in Tropical Climates, Singapore University Press

Buildings Department, HKSAR, (2002), Building Maintenance Guidebook, HKSAR The Chartered Institute of Building, (1990), Maintenance Management: a Guide to Good Practice, CIOB Chanter, B & Swallow, P., (2007), Building Maintenance Management,2nd ed, Blackwell Hinks, J. & Cook, G., (1997), The Technology of Building Defects, E. & F.N. Spon Lee, H.S. & Yuen, C.S., (1993), Building Maintenance Technology, Macmillan Lee, R., (1987), Building Maintenance Management, 3rd ed., BSP Professional Books Supplementary: Addleson, L., (1992), Building Failures: A Guide to Diagnosis, Remedy and Prevention, 3rd ed., Oxford Chudley, R., (1981), The Maintenance and Adaption of Buildings, Longman Hull, B., (1988), Non-destructive Testing, MacMillan Miles, D., & Syagga, P., (1987), Building Maintenance – A Management Manual, Intermediate Technology Publications Ransom, W.H., (1987), Building Failures – Diagnosis and Avoidance, 2nd ed., E. & F.N. Spon Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors, (2000), Building, Maintenance: Strategy, Planning and Procurement”, RICS Books. Seeley, I.H., (1987), Building Maintenance, 2nd ed., MacMillan


Subject Code BRE329

Subject Title Construction Contract Law

Credit Value 3

Level 3


BRE206

Objectives


1. Introduce aspects of law that have particular relevance to development and construction.

2. Provide a practical knowledge of modern development in construction contract law and application of laws and procedures relating to construction contracts and their administration.



1. Evaluate the general principles of development control law and apply them in contract administration;

2. Analyse the legal issues in the modern development of law in contract and tort;

3. Apply the legal principles to conduct construction contract administration and to evaluate construction contract claims.

4. Communicate effectively.

5. Possess the ability to engage in life-long learning on Construction Contract Law.


1. Development control: development process, statutory and non-statutory control.

2. Construction contracts: modern development of law in contract and tort; legal interpretation and application in construction contract; bankruptcy and insurance.

3. Legal basis for Standard form of contract: characteristics of various standard forms of local and international building contracts and sub-contract.

4. Duties and responsibilities of the parties to the contract: implications of contract clauses; legal implication in the procedures for instructions, variations, payments and certification.

5. Construction claims: evaluation and presentation of claims; contractual and common law remedies; dispute resolution methods.


Lectures and tutorials will be run throughout the semester period. The lectures and tutorials will not only disseminate the relevant knowledge but also provide guidance for students to search materials for self-study. Tutorial projects will also be set requiring the student to evaluate and apply the relevant law principles and deduce solution for the cases and also to analyze, critically appraise and resolve administrative, organizational and managerial problems. Key topics will be set for groups of 4-5 students to carry out some research and prepare for presentation and discussion in tutorial class in order to encourage peer group learning and to clarify any difficulties found in lecture and reading. The work

also will be set on an individual basis and seek to enhance verbal and written communication skills. In order to encourage divergent and innovative thinking, the project work will be set as an interactive project based on changing circumstances. This encourages legal analysis and application and also efficient data management. The work will be based on the issues introduced by the teaching but will reward evidence of further reading and private study. Contact hours include individual or group project supervision. I.T. may be deployed to support teaching.



% weightin

g

Intended subject learning outcomes to be assessed

1 2 3 4 5

Coursework 30% √ √ √ √ √

Examination 70% √ √ √ √

Total 100 %

Students will be assessed by: (i) examination, including problem analysis and essay type question, accounting for 70% (one end of semester written paper) and (ii) through the medium of coursework, including presentation in class of project assignments, accounting for 30% (1 coursework assignment and 1 short written test)


Class contact:

Lectures 21 Hrs.

Tutorials 21 Hrs.






Recommended:

Aqua Group, (1996) Contract Administration for the Building Team, 8th Ed. Oxford: Blackwell Science.

Chappell, D. (2003), Understanding JCT Standard Building Contracts, 7th Ed., E & FN Spon, London

David Chappell. (1998) Powell-Smith & Sims' building contract claims. 3rd Ed. Malden, Mass.: Blackwell Science.

Murdoch, J. & Hughes, W. (2002) Construction Contracts Law and Management, 3rd Ed., Spon Press.

Poon N.T. & Chan E.H. (1998) Real Estate development in Hong Kong, Pace Ltd. H.K.

Thomas, R. (2001), Construction Contract Claims, 2nd Ed., Macmillan, U.K.

Uff, J. (2002) Construction law: law and practice relating to the construction industry, 8th Ed. Sweet & Maxwell, UK.

Furst, S. (2001), “Keating on Building Contracts”, 7th Ed., Sweet & Maxwell, London.

Supplementary:

Powell-Smith, V. (2000) Powell-Smith & Furmston’s Building Contract Casebook, Blackwell Science: Oxford.

Wallace, Ian Norman Duncan. (1995), “Hudson’s Building & Engineering Contracts: including the duties and liabilities of architects, engineers and surveyors”, 11th Ed, London : Sweet & Maxwell.

Ramus, J.W(1996) Contract Practice for Quantity Surveyors. 3rd ed., Oxford : Heinemann Newnes,

Hong Kong Government, (1988) Town Planning in Hong Kong, H.K. Government Printer

Latham, M. (1994), “Constructing the Team”, HMSO.

Ashworth, A., (2002) Willis’s Practice and Procedure for the Quantity Surveyor, 11th Ed. Malden, M.A.: Blackwell Science.


Subject Code BRE336

Subject Title Development Control Law

Credit Value 3

Level 3


BRE206

Objectives Build up practical knowledge on property development control law and current measures imposed by government affecting the development and use of property.



1. Comprehend the importance of the planning, building law and other aspects of

legislation together with other non-statutory requirements on properties for evaluation of impacts on property development and redevelopment.

2. Apply their learnt knowledge on the integrated approach to legal control of new development and existing properties in the course of development and re-development process.

3. Conduct a most appropriate planning on design and construction of property amongst other choices on the basis of latest legislative issues.

4. Analyse and interpret the liabilities of professionals in the course of property development and re-development.

5. Function on multi-disciplinary teams as capacity of discipline leader. 6. Communicate effectively with other players of development or re-development

teams.


Planning Ordinance: Planning law affecting property development; function of the Town Planning Board, the Appeal Board and Land Development Corporation; zoning plans and development control administration; enforcement, appeal and enquiries process. Buildings Ordinance: Development and building control through administrative measures, regulations and codes of practice; control and enforcement of illegal and dangerous structures; role of Authorized Person, Registered Structural Engineer and Registered Contractor. Government Lease and Conditions: Development conditions; control and enforcement; modification and renewal. Professional Liabilities: Professional licensing and liabilities; modern development in the law of contract and tort, post-construction liabilities and insurance. Other Related Laws: Environmental control laws; law relating to dilapidation and occupation of building; and Practice Notes for building professionals and registered contractors.


The basic concept of law and critical procedures related to development control will be explained in lectures. Tutorial and seminars will be arranged for discussion in specific topic set for the students in order to facilitate two-way communication and to understand the students’ difficulties and needs. Case study projects will be assigned to small group of 4-5 students to encourage students to take initiation to research and explore options, to tackle problem and to benefit from peer group learning. The

project shall emphasis on the application of knowledge and to understand the integration of the subject material with other subjects in a development project. Experience practitioners will be invited to deliver lectures and seminars for updated input on the current practice.


The coursework in the form of continuous assessment will account for 50% and the written examination will account for 50%. The marking will emphasis assessing on both the process and submitted product. Students are encouraged to explore options of property development within the constraint of development law through project work and tutorial assignments. Questions will be asked during presentation to ensure the students have achieved the learning outcomes.


% weighting

a b c d e f g h

1.Project 35 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √

2. Seminar topic discussion

15 √ √ √ √ √

3. Examination 50 √ √ √ √ √

Total 100 %


(a) Participation and contribution. (b) Relevant focus and depth. (c) Assumptions and information collection. (d) Analysis, synthesis and technical competence under different scenarios. (e) Clarity and relevance of written report. (f) Logic of explanation. (g) Relevance and clarity of sketches. (h) Communication skills.


Class contact:

Lecture 21 Hrs.

Tutorial 21 Hrs.


Project work 80 Hrs.

Seminar topic discussion 40 Hrs.



Bacon, N. (1996). Conveyancing 2nd Edition, Hong Kong: FT Law & Tax Asia Pacific. Buildings and Lands Department (1991), Building Control in Hong Kong, HK Government Printer.

H.K. Government (1991). Consultative Document on Comprehensive Review of Town Planning Ordinance, HK Government Printer. H.K. Government (latest edition). Buildings Ordinance and Regulations, HK Government Printer. H.K. Government (latest edition). Planning Ordinance and Regulations, HK Government Printer. Practice Notes for Authorized Persons, Registered Structural Engineers and Registered Contractors, latest edition, Buildings Department. Ding, Li-Yun (1995), Development process of Real Estate in the PRC, Symposium of Real Estate, PRC Peoples’ University Publishing House, pp.204-210. (CHINESE TEXT). H.K. Government Town Planning in Hong Kong, HK Government Printer. Built Environment at the crossroads (1996). The 1996 Fourth World Congress of Building Officials, Hong Kong, WOBO, HK.


Subject Code BRE337

Subject Title Property Law

Credit Value 3

Level 3


Nil

Objectives

The subject is intended to:

1. Further develop and apply knowledge and reasoning skills;

2. Evaluate and apply property law to factual situations.

3. Examine law relating to property transactions, land use control and compensation



Use and understand the legal terms relating to the subject and be able to make use of such terms to communicate effectively.

a. Identify and evaluate the key concepts and principles of Hong Kong land law and Conveyancing.

b. Compare and contrast the different property concepts. c. Apply knowledge and reasoning skills to solve legal problems relating to

ownership and land use control. d. Explore and evaluate problem-solving solutions in the context of land use and

development. e. Possess the ability to evaluate property law with reference to contemporary

issues.


The sequence of learning in this module is organized around two themes, and three topics. The two themes are: 1. Acquisition, transfer and extinction of interests in land in Hong Kong. 2. The control of land use (including both private and public control). The topics are: 1. Vendor/purchaser transactions. 2. The relationship between owners and managers of multi-storey buildings. 3. The relationship of landlord and tenant.


The teaching methods:

1. Interactive lecturing.

2. The themes and topics are developed through problem-solving activities designed to develop the higher order cognitive skills of analysis, argument and critical judgment. Where appropriate, role plays are used to develop skills and enhance awareness of the role of law in property decisions in Hong Kong.

With the methods, the intended learning outcomes afore-mentioned are achieved.



% weighting


a b c D e

1. Coursework 30 √ √ √ √ √

2. Written Examination

70 √ √ √ √ √

Total 100 %

The course work:

The students are required to select a judgment, which is related to the subjects being taught, and to present the judgment by analyzing the judgment into issues, the related law, the application of the law to the facts as found by the judge and the to summarize the effect of the judgment.

Prior to the presentation, the students are required to submit to the lecturer all materials relating to the presentation.

Towards the end of the presentation, questions are put to the students by the lecturer and the students are required to answer the questions immediately.

The examination

As regard the examination, students are required to answer both essay type and problem type questions. The questions are relating to what they have learnt.

As a result, whether the intended learning outcomes have been achieved can be assessed from the performance of the students.


Class contact:

Lecture 21 Hrs.

Tutorial 21 Hrs.


Self studying. Preparation for tutorial classes, course work and examination.

120 Hrs.

Hrs.



Recommeded (the latest editions of the following books should be used):

Cruden, G. Land Compensation and Valuation in Hong Kong.

Kent, P., Merry M. & Walters M Building Management in Hong Kong, Lexis Butterworths.

Nield, S. Hong Kong Land Law, Longman Asia/ FT Law & Tax.

Merry, M. Hong Kong Tenancy Law, Butterworths.

Murphy, W.T. & Robert, S.(1998). Understanding Property Law, 3rd edition, Sweet & Maxwell..

Sihombing, J. & Wilkinson, M. A Student’s Guide to Hong Kong Conveyancing, 4th Edition, Butterworths.

Supplementary:

Authorized Hong Kong Law Report and Digest, Sweet & Maxwell.

Government Publications.

Halsbury Laws of Hong Kong, Butterworths.

Hong Kong Cases, Butterworths.


Subject Code BRE341

Subject Title Property Management I

Credit Value 3

Level 3


Nil

Objectives

This subject is intended to: 1. Introduce to the students the principles and practice of property management. 2. Focus on the application of the principles to the property management services. 3. Give the students a basic knowledge for managing buildings in the private and

public sectors. 4. Help them to develop management skills in practice.



a. Review the fundamentals of property management. b. Identify the business and work environment in property management services in

Hong Kong. c. Apply the principles and practice necessary for efficient planning and

administration of property management. d. Synthesize their knowledge to solve problems in property management.


Managing Marketing of Property Management Services

An introduction to the nature of property management and the market for property management services.

An analysis of existing services; types of buildings and estates; internal organization of property management business; marketing of property management services.

Managing Common Areas of Owner’s Property

Pre-management planning before take-over of premises: Organizational principles and establishment of a new management office; testing of building services; identifying defects of premises.

Provision of services after take-over of premises: Staff management; financial management; security services; fire services installations; water and electricity supply; cleansing services; air-conditioning and so on. Environmental and conservation issues in property management: energy saving; control of illegal structures and estate modernization.

Managing Leased Property

Leasing and tenancy arrangements: Contractual and statutory lease conditions; tenancy renewals; tenant mix rent reviews; Landlord and Tenant (Consolidation) Ordinance.

Managing Owner and Tenant Relations

Formation of Owners’ Incorporation: Deed of Mutual Covenant; Building Management Ordinance; consultation channels with landlords and tenants.

Managing Risk and Liability

Statutory and professional liability in property management: Insurance; negligence; nuisance; employer’s liability and contractor’s liability.


The principles of property management will be introduced in lectures. Application of the principles to solve property management problems will be taught in case studies, role play and management games. Discussion will be facilitated in tutorial by small group studies, which provide opportunities for students to deliver their discussion results and thinking. Lectures, seminars, laboratory as well as tutorials will form a basic skeleton for learning the subject.



% weighting


a b c d e

1. Coursework I 15% √ √ √ √

2. Coursework II 15% √ √ √ √


Total 100 %


The coursework mark will be based on the assignments and presentation.

Two pieces of equally weighted coursework will be set out to assess the understanding of the students on this subject during the period of teaching and learning.


Class contact:

Lecture 21 Hrs.

Seminar/Tutorial 21 Hrs.


Self-study 120 Hrs.



Recommended: Kyle, R. C. (1995) Property Management. Chicago: Real Estate Education Co. Loo, F.K. (1992) A Guide to Effective Management in Hong Kong. The Hong Kong University Press. Supplementary: Bachner, P.J. (1991) The Guide to Practical Property Management. Mc Graw-Hill, Inc. Cushman, RF. & Rodin, N.I. (1985) Property Management Handbook: A Practical Guide to Real Estate Management. U.S.A.: John Wiley & Sons Inc. Edmington, G. (1997) Property Management: A Customer Focussed Approach. England: Macmillan. Downs, A. (1991) Principles of Real Estate Management, Institute of Real Estate Management. Scarett, D. (1983) Property Management. London: E. & F.N. Spon Ltd.


Subject Code BRE345

Subject Title Measurement, Documentation & Estimating

Credit Value 3

Level 3


BRE291

Objectives

The objectives of this subject are to equip students with the skills and knowledge to measure buildings and property accurately and efficiently and produce appropriate documentation to obtain a competitive price.


Upon completion of the subject, students will be able to: 1. Prepare, examine and compare documentation to be used in procurement of

building works and property. 2. Quantify and describe new building works and alteration work. 3. Analyse and synthesis composition of unit rates and an appreciation of the cost.


Measurement of new building work, alteration work and property (for learning outcome 1) :

Organisation and systems of measurement including subdivision of building elements, gross measurement, schedules and other preparatory documentation such as query lists.

Mensuration commonly used in measurement including mean girth, formulae for regular figures and methods of measuring irregular figures, interpolation and extrapolation of ground levels, gross and net floor areas.

Measurement techniques : measurement of buildings, comparative studies of measurement procedures and examination of forward trends.

Documentation of new building work, alteration work and property (for learning outcome 2) :

Communication between buyer, designer, construction and estimator; types of documentation and their uses; preparation and uses of bills of quantities and specifications; preambles and preliminaries.

Estimating (for learning outcome 3):

Factors influencing the pricing of new works and property.

Evaluation of resources: labour, plant and materials. Enquiries for materials and sub-contract prices; calculation of unit rates; calculation of preliminaries and temporary works.

Estimator’s cost report to management.


The theory and rationale will be delivered in lecture periods. Practical experiences will be relocation in the tutorial periods.



% weightin

g


a b c d e

1. Coursework I: Individual assignment (taking off exercise, preparing taking off documents)

20% √ √

2. Coursework II: Group project (estimating problem)

20% √ √ √

3. Examination 60%

Total 100 %


Students are given an individual assignment (taking off exercise) from reading construction drawings to taking dimensions off from the drawings. Upon completion of the assignment 1, students will be able to achieve learning outcome 1 &2.

Students are given a group project to solve some estimating problems. Through the problem solving exercises relating to estimating activities, students will be able to achieve learning outcome 3.


Class contact:

Lecture 21 Hrs.

Seminar / Tutorial 21 Hrs.


student study effort 120 Hrs.



Aqua Group (1990) Tenders and Contracts for Building, BSP Professional Books, Oxford Aqua Group (1992) Precontract Practice for the Building Team, BSP Professional Books, Oxford Holroyd T.M. (2000) Principles of Estimating, Thomas Telford, London Picken D.H. & Drew D.S. (1996) Building Measurement in Hong Kong: Worked Examples Longman Asia Ltd., Hong Kong Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors (1979) Hong Kong Standard Method of Measurement for Building Works 3rd Edition, Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors (Hong Kong Branch) Turner D. (1983) Quantity Surveying Practice and Administration, Godwin, London

Subject Description Form)

Subject Code BRE346

Subject Title Integrated Project IIA

Credit Value 4

Level 3


Pre-requisite: BRE218 or equivalent Co-requisite: Nil Exclusion: Nil

Objectives


a) Encourage the critical investigation, analysis and synthesis in solving problems in the professional context.

b) Provide an environment for the student to develop skills in identifying and

solving problems and allows the integration of knowledge gained in separate subject areas.

c) Promote the students’ understanding of the interdisciplinary and course

specific nature of the development and construction process and develops team working.

d) Develop an outlook for construction and surveying practices in other

countries.


(Note 1)

Students will demonstrate their ability to:-

a) Identify and diagnose problems in the development and construction process, including social, technical, economical and environmental issues.

b) Integrate and create knowledge and skills acquired in various subject areas

and to solve problems in a professional manner. c) Keep abreast current and future development of the professional surveying

industry in Hong Kong, Asia Pacific Region and worldwide and make appropriate use of such knowledge in proposed analysis and actions.

d) Communicate and work effectively with members from same or different

professions, including effective oral/written presentation of analysis, justification of recommended actions, and persuasive messages intended to affect the perceptions of others.

e) Appreciate the differences in construction or surveying practices between

Hong Kong and other countries through an in-depth study.


(Note 2)

A series of construction and property related project scenarios will be set to replicate a situation which could be met in practice. Sometimes the restrictions of the study environment will require the scenario to be modified. The projects will require students to make use of and integrate knowledge from previous and current subject modules. Each project will include elements of group and individual work. The projects require students to develop solutions creatively and to present recommendations systematically. Comparative study between construction and surveying practices in Hong Kong and other countries.


(Note 3)

The projects will provide a student centered problem-based learning approach in a professional or industrial setting. The projects will be delivered by a team of project tutors, with overall co-ordination by one member of staff to ensure continuity and relevance of project subject matter. Project material will be co-ordinated at the start of each academic year to ensure quality and consistency of the project information given to the students. This subject will be timetabled one day per week throughout 3 semesters of year 2.

An important part of the subject is the comparative study of the construction and real estate industry of selected countries and Hong Kong. A Study Tour or equivalent is to be organized by students.


(Note 4)


% weighting


a b c d e

1. Coursework 100% √ √ √ √ √

2.

Total 100 %

The subject will be assessed by projects, presentations and reflective journals. Each project will contain tasks such that marks can be awarded for group work as well as for individual work.


Class contact:


Hrs.


Student study effort 154 Hrs.

Hrs.



Construction and Management-related Journals, Library Databases, Statistics, Module Texts and Internet Resources

Note 1: Intended Learning Outcomes methods in assessing the intended learning outcomes.


Subject Code BRE347

Subject Title Urban and Construction Economics

Credit Value 3

Level 3



Co-requisite/Exclusion: Nil

Objectives

1. Enable students to understand economic theories and analytical techniques related to real property and urban land issues.

2. Enable students to understand the factors affecting construction cost



a. Use relevant economics principles to develop the ability to analyse the real estate market and urban economy.

b. Utilise skills to synthesise coherent arguments and policy implications to support decision-making process in urban development policies.

c. Analyse the factors affecting construction cost at an industry and project level. d. Compile cost plan for a given project using cost records. e. Communicate principles, theories and cost data effectively. f. Identify contemporary issues related to urban and construction economics


Economic Theories & Concepts underlying Urban Land Issues

Nature of land economics, land policies and land administration. Theories of urban growth and urban structure, and economics of urbanization. Theories of land rent and urban land use pattern. Analysis of real estate market. Techniques of economic analysis of urban land development and redevelopment. Economics of property rights and public sector intervention.

Construction Economics

Role of construction in the economy. Demand and supply for construction . Productivity. Types of client and the client’s brief. Complilation and use of cost data. Cost indices. Price determination of construction project. Design economics. Cost planning. Introduction to cost modelling.


The main theory and concepts are delivered through lectures (each at 1.5 hrs per week), with application and discussion being covered in seminars and tutorials (each at 1.5 hrs per week in small groups), for a total period of 14 weeks. The syllabus covers 2 main sections: (I) Economic theories and concepts underlying urban land issues; and (II) Construction economics. Section I provides an outline to students on the broad picture of urban land economics, with particular emphasis on economic of urbanisation, land use policies, land administration and public sector intervention in land and real estate markets. The fundamentals of knowledge on land use will lay a good foundation for future

professionals dealing with land and buildings. Section II on construction economics will take students through the macro and micro factors determining construction cost.

Apart from face-to-face lectures and discussion, students can download teaching materials, including some articles for reference, from an electronic teaching platform called “SMILE”.



% weighting


a b c d e f


20% √ √ √ √


20% √ √ √ √

3. Examination 60% √ √ √ √ √

Total 100 %


Learning outcomes

Oral Seminar Presentation

Written Seminar Report

Examination

1. to possess skills to identify, analyze and

√ √


√

3. to communicate effectively

√ √ √


√ √


√

a. Use relevant economics principles to develop the ability to analyse the real estate market and urban economy.

√

√

√

b. Utilise skills to synthesise coherent arguments and policy implications to support decision-making process in urban development policies.

√

√

√

c. Analyse the factors affecting construction cost at an industry and project level.

√

d. Compile cost plan for a given project using cost records.

√

√

The assessment criteria adopted in tutorial/seminars (“plus” grade for enhanced performance possible for each grade except F) 1. Seminar (oral presentation) – individual assessment (20%)

Oral presentation skills: A for excellent, B for good, C for clear, D for reading from script, F for mumbling

Familiarity with the topic: A for excellent, B for good, C for adequate, D for poor, F for no knowledge

Quality of visuals: A for excellent, B for good, C for adequate, D for barely sufficient, F for poor

Answer during discussion: A for excellent, B for good, C for adequate, D for barely sufficient, F for poor

2. Seminar (Group report) – overall (group) assessment (20%) Written communication skills: A for excellent, B for good, C for clear, D for

barely sufficient, F for poor Data/information collection: A for excellent, B for good, C for adequate, D for

barely sufficient, F for poor Data interpretation & analysis: A for excellent, B for good, C for adequate, D

for barely sufficient, F for poor Identification of problem/issue: A for excellent, B for good, C for adequate, D

for barely sufficient, F for poor Conclusion: A for excellent, B for convincing, C for adequate, D for barely

sufficient, F for poor


Class contact:

Lectures 21 Hrs.






Balchin, P.N. & Kieve, J.L., (1988) Urban Land Economics, London: MacMillan Barr, N., (1993) The Economics of the Welfare State, London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson Briscoe, G., (1988) The Economics of the Construction Industry, London: Mitchell Cheshire, P.C. Evans, A.W. (eds), (1991) Urban and Regional Economics, London: Edward Elgar Darlow, C., (1988) Valuation and Development Appraisal, London: Estate Gazette Ltd. Ferry, D. & Brandon, P.S., (1991) Cost planning of Buildings, 6th Edition, London: BSP Professional Books

Harvey, J. (1992) Urban Land Economics: The Economics of Real Property, London: MacMillan Hui, C.M., Chan, P.C., Wong, K.W., Wong K.C. & Leung, Y.P. (2000), The Supply of Land for Housing in Hong Kong, Research Monograph, The Hong Kong Polytechnic University Mills, E.S. & Hamilton, B.W. (1992), Urban Economics, N.Y.: Harper Collins Myers D. (1994), Economics and Property, London: Estate Gazette O’ullivan, A., (1993) Urban Economics, London: Irwin Raftery, J., (1991) Principles of Building Economics, London: BSP Professional Books Ashworth A., (2010) Cost Studies of Buildings, Harlow, England: Pearson Supplementary: Broadway, R., (1984) Public Sector Economics, Oxford: Basil Blackwell DiPasquale, D. & Wheaton, W.C. (1996) Urban Economics and Real Estate Markets, London: Prentice Hall McMahon, J., (1989) Property Development, London: McGraw-Hill Newell, M., (1977) An Introduction to Economics of Urban Landuse, London: Estate Gazette Tolley, G.S. & Thomas V. (ed), (1987) The Economics of Urbanisation and Urban Policies in Developing Countries, Washington: The World Bank Tse R., (1992) Hong Kong Housing Market, H.K.: Commercial Press Zerbe, R.O. & Divley, D.D. (1994) Benefit-cost Analysis: In Theory and Practice, NY: Harper Collins Smith, J. (1998) Building Cost Planning for the Design Team, Deakin University Press Seeley, I. (1996) Building Economics, MacMillan Pilcher, R. (1994) Project Cost Control in Construction, Blackwell Scientific Publication Hong Kong Statistics (current issues), Hong Kong SAR Government


Subject Code BRE348

Subject Title Integrated Project II

Credit Value 6

Level 3


BRE218 or its equivalent

Objectives

1. To develop critical investigation skills in solving problems in a professional context

2. To provide an environment for the student to develop communication skills in identifying and solving problems

3. To integrate the knowledge gained in separate subject areas



a. Understand the basic operation of property management strategies in an institutional context.

b. Develop teamwork spirit as an effective approach to tackle a project and

problem-solving techniques.

c. Apply property management techniques to ensure the efficient use and maintenance of buildings.

d. Evaluate the property management related contemporary issues.


Practice-based or problem-based property management project(s) will be set to replicate a situation which could be met in practice. The projects will require the students to relate local housing policy or management issues and integrate knowledge from pervious and current subject modules. Each project will include elements of multidisciplinary and individual works. A study tour will also be included. Sometimes the restrictions of the study environment will require the above learning arrangements to be modified.


The projects will provide a student centred problem-based learning approach in a professional or industrial setting. An important part of the subject is a study tour or equivalent to be organized by the students to study property management industry of selected regions.



% weighting


a b c d

1. Coursework 100%

Total 100 %


Students will be assessed through both coursework to assess learning outcome a to d.


Class contact:

Lectures

Tutorials


Self-studies 240 Hrs.

Hrs.



Reading List: Recommended: Real Estate and Property Management Journals, Databases, Statistics and Module Texts


Subject Code BRE349

Subject Title Building Services I

Credit Value 3

Level Level 3


BRE2031

Objectives

This subject is intended to: 1. Provide students with an overview of the various building services engineering

systems in modern buildings, 2. Understand the basic design intent of various building services systems and their

integration with the building fabric and architectural features.



1. Possess a knowledge of the system configuration and operation of various building services systems.

2. Relate how different building services systems can help to control and improve

the indoor environment. 3. Identify the relationships between the design of building services systems and the

overall building design. 4. Appreciate the cost and value relationship on the selection of appropriate building

services systems. 5. Relate issues on environmental impact to the design of building services systems

and overall building design.


Plumbing & Drainage Water supply and drainage system for high rise buildings. Simple design on pipe sizing for plumbing and drainage pipes. Sewage treatment process. Electricity: Assessment of electricity demand. Lightning protection. Earthing provisions. HVAC/MVAC: Assessment on the efficiency of air-conditioning process. Large scale air conditioning systems configuration and operation. Internal transportation: The configuration and operation of lifts and escalators. Assessment to the quality of services for life operation. Fire Services: Prevention, detection and suppression systems. Integration of fire services system to other building services systems. An introduction to the measurement for building services installations.


The learning and teaching approaches for the subject comprises lectures, tutorials and laboratories. Lectures aims at delivering the basic core of concepts whilst ideas and operations will be further elaborated and discussed in the tutorials. Presentation by students during tutorials on selected topics will also be arranged. Laboratories are provided to allow students to relate theories and concepts to real situation.



% weighting


1 2 3 4 5

1. Oral Presentation 16 %

2. Case Study Report 24 %

3. Examination 60 %

Total 100 %


Assessment will be in the form of written examination, oral presentation, case study report and laboratories. Written examination aims to assess students’ ability to apply concepts learned for solving problems on building services design and operation. Oral presentations on specific topics on building services serves to assess students’ understanding to the topics chosen. Case study report aims to consolidate students’ knowledge and relating design of building services system to the overall building design. Laboratories allow students to relate theories to actual practices and operations. The split between coursework and examinations will be 40/60.


Class contact:

Lecture 21 Hrs.

Tutorial 21 Hrs.


Laboratory 8 Hrs.

Self-Learning 70 Hrs.



Recommended: Burberry P. (1997) Environment & Services, 8th Edition, Longman Scientific & Technical Chadderton D.V. (2007) Building Services Engineering, 7rd, Taylor & Francis Chadderton D.V. (1997) Air Conditioning: a practical approach, E & F.N. Spon Hall F. & Greeno R. (2009) Building ServicesHandbook, 5th ed., Longman Wise A.F.E. (1995) Water, Sanitary and Waste Services for Buildings Greeno R. (1997) Building Services, Technology and Design, Longman Wang S. K. (2001) Air Conditioning and Refrigeration, 2nd ed., McGraw Hill Supplementary: HKSAR (1996) Code of Practice for the Provision of Means of Escape Case of Fire HKSAR (1994) Code of Practice for Minimum Fire Services Installations and Equipment HKSAR (2004) Code of Practice for the Provision of Means of Access for Fire-fighting and Rescue HKSAR (2005) Code of Practice for Minimum fire Services Installations and Equipment and Inspection, Testing and Maintenance of Installations and Equipment H.K. SAR Government, Building Ordinance and Regulations CAP.123 NFPA (1997) Fire Protection Handbook, 18th Edition Stoecker W.F. & Jones J.W. (1982) Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, McGraw Hill BRE (various) Digests and Current Papers. Building Research Establishment, Garston, Watford, U.K. Various Standards and Codes published by British Standard Institution (BSI)


Subject Code BRE350

Subject Title Project Management and Procurement

Credit Value 3

Level 3



Co-requisite/Exclusion: Nil

Objective

1. Extend students’ understanding of management principles and develop the knowledge of project management and procurement in the construction industry.



1. Apply knowledge of time, quality, safety and environmental management for construction projects.

2. Negotiate and resolve conflicts between management and employees. 3. Communicate with others in a clear and articulate manner. 4. Identify and propose solutions to problems. 5. Identify the different forms of procurement and assess their impacts on the success

of a project. 6. Describe the principles underlying the choice of appropriate procurement systems. 7. Apply and compare alternative procurement systems for all types of construction

work.


Quality, Safety and Environmental Management Quality assurance system, safety management system and environmental management. Human Resources Management Recruitment, selection and engagement of personnel in construction organizations, and industrial relations. Planning and Programming Techniques Planning and programming techniques including bar chart, critical path analysis and line of balance. Construction Procurement The nature of building process, models of the process. Categorization of procurement systems. Alternative procurement systems such as traditional sequential, traditional

accelerated, competitive design and build, enhanced design and build, novated design and build, management contracting and construction management, guaranteed maximum price and target cost contracting, and public private partnership.

Choice of appropriate procurement methods, allocation of risks and liabilities of the major parties to the arrangement.

Relational contracting and its impact on procurement.

Subcontracting management in construction.


Lectures will be used to introduce systems and techniques whilst the small group work will be used for the application of management skills through role-play and seminar presentation.



% weighting


1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1. Role Play 25% √ √ √

2. Seminar/Group Report

25% √ √ √

3. Examination 50% √ √ √ √ √

Total 100 %


Learning outcomes

Role Play Seminar Presentation /

Written Report

Examination

1. to possess skills to identify, analyze and solve

√ √ √


√ √

3. to communicate effectively √ √ √


√ √


√

The assessment criteria adopted in tutorial/seminars (“plus” grade for enhanced performance possible for each grade except F) 1. Role Play – individual assessment (25%)

Oral presentation skills: A for excellent, B for good, C for clear, D for reading from script, F for mumbling

Familiarity with the topic: A for excellent, B for good, C for adequate, D for poor, F for no knowledge

Answer during discussion: A for excellent, B for good, C for adequate, D for barely sufficient, F for poor

2. Seminar (Group report) – overall (group) assessment (25%) Written communication skills: A for excellent, B for good, C for clear, D for

barely sufficient, F for poor Data/information collection: A for excellent, B for good, C for adequate, D for

barely sufficient, F for poor Data interpretation & analysis: A for excellent, B for good, C for adequate, D for

barely sufficient, F for poor Identification of problem/issue: A for excellent, B for good, C for adequate, D

for barely sufficient, F for poor Conclusion: A for excellent, B for convincing, C for adequate, D for barely

sufficient, F for poor


Class contact:

Lectures 21 Hrs.






Recommended Reading List: Project Management Chan, P.C., Wong, K.W., Chan, W.M., , Cheung, E., Choy, E., Chung, S.K., Kwok, W.K., Lam, W.M., Lee, W.C., Liu, C.H., Lo, C.H., Siu, K.W., Wong, C.W., & Yam, C.H., (2009) Developing a Prototype for the Rapid Demountable Platform (RDP) – Stage II of CII-HK Research on “Construction Safety Involving Working at Height for Residential Building Repair and Maintenance”, Research Summary Report, Construction Industry Institute – Hong Kong, ISBN No. 1978-988-99558-7-8, April, 43pp. Chan, A.P.C., Wong, F.K.W., Chan, D.W.M., Chan, E.H.W., Cheung, E., Kwok, A.W.K., Lam, E.W.M., Yam, M.C.H. and Yiu, E.C.Y. (2007). Construction Safety Involving Working at Height for Residential Building Repair and Maintenance, Summary Report, Construction Industry Institute – Hong Kong, Research Report No. 9, 52 pages, ISBN 978-988-99558-1-6, November 2007. Chan A.P.C., Wong F.K.W., Yam M.C.H., Chan D.W.M., Ng J.W.S. and Tam C.M. (2005). From Attitude to Culture - Effect of Safety Climate on Construction Safety, Research Monograph, Department of Building and Real Estate, The Hong Kong Polytechnic University, ISBN 962-367-432-5, 160 pages. Chan P.C., Wong K.W., Lam T.I. and Choi C.W. (2004) Quality Relationships in Public Housing of Hong Kong, Research Monograph, Department of Building and Real Estate, The Hong Kong Polytechnic University, ISBN 962-367-426-0, 77 pages. Harris F. and McCaffer R. (2001) Modern Construction Management, 5th Edition, Blackwell Science: Oxford Lam T.I., Wong K.W., Chan P.C., Shea C.Y. and Poon C.K. (2004) Development of a Quality Assessment Mechanism for Private Residential Building Projects in Hong Kong,

Research Monograph, Department of Building and Real Estate, The Hong Kong Polytechnic University, ISBN 962-367-421-X, 69 pages. Lavender S. (1996) Management for the Construction Industry, Longman: UK Poon, S.W., Tang, S.L., & Wong, K.W. (2008) Management and Economics of Construction Safety in Hong Kong, Hong Kong University Press, June, ISBN No. 978-962-209-906-7, 169pp Tang S.L., Ahmed S.M., Aoieong R.T. and Poon S.W. (2005) Construction Quality Management, Hong Kong University Press: Hong Kong Tang S.L., Poon C.S., Ahmed S.M. and Wong F.K.W. (2003) Modern Construction Project Management, 2nd Edition, Hong Kong University Press: Hong Kong Walker Anthony (2002) Project Management in Construction, 4th Edition, Blackwell Sciences: Oxford Yam, C.H., Wong, K.W., Chan, P.C., Cheung A.C., Chan, W.M., Chan, W.T., & Chan, H.L. (2007) Safety Considerations for Residential Repair and Maintenance Works on Facades in the Design Phase in Hong Kong, Research Monograph, The Hong Kong Polytechnic University, August, ISBN No. 978-962-367-515-4, 148pp. Construction Procurement Chan, APC, Chan, DWM, and Yeung, JFY (2010) Relational Contracting for Construction Excellence – Principles, Practices and Case Studies. Spon Research, Taylor & Francis, 1st Edition, ISBN13: 978-0-415-46669-1, HD9715.A2C47 2009, 624.068’4-dc22, 334 pages. Chan A.P.C. and Chan D.W.M., Editors (2004). Proceedings of the CII-HK Conference 2004 on Construction Partnering: Our Partnering Journey - Where Are We Now, and Where Are We Heading?, Construction Industry Institute – Hong Kong, 9 December 2004, Hong Kong, China, ISBN 988-98153-2-X, 206 pages. Chan A.P.C., Chan D.W.M., Fan L.C.N., Lam P.T.I. and Yeung, J.F.Y. (2004). A Comparative Study of Project Partnering Practices in Hong Kong, Summary Report, Construction Industry Institute – Hong Kong, Research Report No. 1, ISBN 988-98153-1-1, 40 pages. Chan A.P.C., Chan D.W.M., Ho K.S.K., Chiang Y.H., Chan E.H.W. and Tang B.S. (2002) An Analysis of Project Partnering in Hong Kong, Research Monograph, Department of Building and Real Estate, The Hong Kong Polytechnic University, ISBN 962-367-363-9, 96 pages. Chan A.P.C., Ho D.C.K., and Tam C.M. (2003) Evaluation of Integrated Procurement Systems in Hong Kong, Research Monograph, Department of Building and Real Estate, The Hong Kong Polytechnic University, ISBN 962-367-286-1, 75 pages. Chan A.P.C. and Yu A.T.W. (2003) Construction Process Improvement – A Case Study of the North District Hospital, Research Monograph, Department of Building and Real Estate, The Hong Kong Polytechnic University, ISBN 962-367-287-X, 63 pages. Chan A.P.C and Yung E.H.K. (2003) Procurement Selection Model for Hong Kong, Research Monograph, Department of Building and Real Estate, The Hong Kong Polytechnic University, ISBN 962-367-285-3, 143 pages.

Masterman J.W.E. (2002) An Introduction to Building Procurement Systems, 2nd Edition, E&FN Spon, London. Turner A. (1997) Building Procurement, UK MacMillan


Subject Code BRE351

Subject Title Contract Administration

Credit Value 3

Level 3


Nil

Objectives

This subject is intended to Introduce students to the legal aspects of construction contracts and provide them with the ability to critically apply the practices and procedures involved.



1. Apply the general principles of contract law to construction contracts. 2. Interpret the contractual procedure, rights and duties stipulated in a construction

contract. 3. Provide solutions to routine and unfamiliar contractual problems. 4. Gather and analyse information relating to contemporary contractual issues. 5. Communicate effectively with legitimate reasoning.

6. Reflect on and review their studies in the contract of the construction industry.


Contractual and common law principles and practice.

Characteristics of various standard forms of local and international construction contracts.

Role and relationship of the parties under different contractual arrangements.

Procedure for instructions, variations, payments, claims and certification.

Responsibility of the contract administrator.


Lectures, tutorials and seminars are conducted throughout the semester. A lecture schedule outlining the topics to be introduced is distributed to the students at the beginning of the semester. During the lecture period topics are introduced, often with reference to professional journal papers. In tutorial periods, students are required to discuss real-life cases related to the lecture topic and during seminars students are required to present the findings of an assigned research topic.



% weightin

g


1 2 3 4 5 6

Coursework 30% √ √ √ √ √ √


Total 100 %

Students will be assessed by: (i) examination, including problem analysis and essay type question, accounting for 70% (one end of semester written paper) and (ii) through the medium of coursework, including presentation in class of project assignments, accounting for 30% (1 coursework assignment and 1 short written test)


Class contact:

Lectures 21 Hrs.

Tutorials 21 Hrs.






Hills, M.J. (2001) Building Contract Procedures in Hong Kong. Longman Hong Kong Education.

Murdoch & Hughes (1996) Construction Contracts: Law & Management. E & EN Spon, U.K.

Shum, C. (1998) General Principles of Hong Kong Law, 3rd ed., Longman, Hong Kong.


Subject Code BRE377

Subject Title Research Methods

Credit Value 2

Level 3


Pre-requisite: Level 2 core subjects

Co-requisite / Exclusion: Nil

Objectives

To prepare students for undertaking a manageable piece of research leading to a dissertation.



a. Describe and appraise the key concepts, elements and requirements in research. b. Describe the meaning of plagiarism and demonstrate the proper ways to avoid it. c. Apply the knowledge of fundamental statistics in collecting, organizing,

summarizing, presenting and analyzing data, as well as drawing valid conclusions. d. Conduct hypothesis testing and valid multiple regression analysis with its

diagnostic tests. e. Produce a dissertation research proposal with researchable topic related to the

fields of construction and real estate.


A. Concepts: Philosophy of sciences, theory, hypothesis, methodology, method,

research objective, problem statement, classification of research, etc. B. Process: Literature search and review, referencing and plagiarism, work plan,

authorship skills, data assembly, time management, writing up, etc. C. Qualitative research: Strategy, approaches, methods, analysis, examples,

limitations, etc. D. Quantitative research methods: Descriptive and inferential statistics, normal

distribution, basic quantitative techniques, hypothesis testing and decision making, correlation and regression analysis, and application of computer softwares/programs to handle statistical problems and calculations, etc. (Remarks: Students are expected to learn these statistical techniques in more details and many other relevant quantitative techniques by their own initiatives.)

E. Writing out a dissertation proposal.


In the lectures, teachers will introduce the course materials, explain the key theories and concepts and showcase examples of the methodology, elements and possible loopholes in doing a piece of research. The essential concepts and principles of various key subject areas under the qualitative and quantitative research methods will be presented in the lectures, leading to the preparation of initial dissertation proposals for submission. Tutorials will be used for discussion, problem-solving, hands-on demonstration and library visits. Interactive multi-media self-accessed learning materials will be provided via the department’s computer network (e.g. WebCT / SMILE subject websites). Coursework will be designed to assess the students’ ability

to demonstrate their understanding of the course materials and their abilities to achieve the learning outcomes.



% weighting


a b c d e

1. Continuous assessment 100% √ √ √ √ √

Total 100 %

The subject “Research Methods” is a major component leading to the learning and completion of Dissertation. Students must complete and pass all the components of the subject. Half of the total coursework mark will be devoted to qualitative research methods, and the other half quantitative research methods. Qualitative and quantitative research methods are complementary and supplementary to each other. They are not complete in themselves. Students need to demonstrate their learning outcomes, at pass levels, on both of them to complete the course. Marks will be allocated on an individual basis. The subject will be assessed on a continuous basis and no examination is required. The approach to coursework assessment is guided by two principles. First, the need to assess the extent to which the students have achieved the learning outcomes with respect to grading criteria. Second, the assessment itself should contribute in some way towards reflection and learning of the importance of research methods in Dissertation. The total coursework mark will be based on a portfolio comprising a series of problem-based assignments, on-line quizzes and in-class written tests, seminar and discussion. These assessment tools attempt to test the level of students’ knowledge and application of fundamental qualitative research concepts and statistical techniques, in manipulating data for presentation, analysis and decision-making.


Class contact:

Lectures 16.5 Hrs.

Tutorials 7.5 Hrs.


Self learning and recommended reading 80 Hrs.

Hrs.



Reference List: Essential: HKPolyU Building and Real Estate Department. Dissertation Guide. Continuously updated.

Recommended: Bell, J. (1993) Doing Your Research Project, Open University Press. Blaikie, N (2000) Designing Social Research: The Logic of Anticipation. Cambridge: Polity. Booth, W.C., Colomb, G.G. and Williams, J.M. (2003) The Craft of Research, 2nd ed. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. Chau K.W., Raftery J. and Walker A. (1998) The Baby and the Bathwater: Research Methods in Construction Management. Construction Management and Economics, Vol. 16, No. 1, pp.99-104 Fellows R. and Liu A. (2008) Research Methods for Construction, 3rd ed., Blackwell-Science. Harris R. and Cundell I. (1995) Changing the Property Mindset by Making Research Relevant. Journal of Property Research, 12, pp.75-78. Holt G. (1998) A Guide to Successful Dissertation Study for Students of the Built Environment, 2nd edition. The Built Environment Research Unit, University of Wolverhampton. Hussey, J. and Hussey, R. (2003) Business Research: A Practical Guide for Undergraduate and Postgraduate Students, 2nd edition. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillian, England. Kennedy, P. (2003) A Guide to Econometrics, 5th Edition, USA: Blackwell Publishing. Knight, A. and Ruddock, L. Ed. (2008) Advanced Research Methods in the Built Environment. Chichester: Wiley-Blackwell. Kumar R. (1996) Research Methodology: A Step-by-Step Guide for Beginners. Addison Wesley Longman. Levin R.I. and Rubin D.S. (1998) Statistics for Management, 7th edition, Prentice-Hall. Lizieri C. (1995) Comment: Relevant Research and Quality Research: the Researcher's Role in the Property Market. Journal of Property Research, 12, pp.163-166. Lucey T. (1992) Quantitative Techniques ELBS. Mason, J (2002) Qualitative Researching. London: Sage. Naoum S.G. (1999) Dissertation Research and Writing for Construction Students, Butterworth-Heinemann. Pindyck, R.S. and Rubinfeld, D.L. (1998) Econometric Models and Economic Forecasts, 4th Edition, Boston: McGraw-Hill International Editions. Raftery J., McGeorge D. and Walters M. (1997) Breaking Up Methodological Monopolies: A Multi-paradigm Approach to Construction Management Research.

Construction Management and Economics, 15(3), pp.291-297. Render, B. and Stair, R.M. Jr (2000) Quantitative Analysis for Management, 7th Edition. Prentice Hall, New Jersey.

Tan, W. (2002) Practical Research Methods. Pearson Education Asia Pte Ltd., Singapore.


Subject Code BRE391

Subject Title Construction Technology II

Credit Value 3

Level 3


Pre-requisites: BRE291 or BRE294 or equivalent

Objectives

1. To identify and understand the range of advance technologies that is available and appropriate for the construction of contemporary buildings. 2. To facilitate an understanding of the centrality of technological decision making in the context of the wider construction process. 3. To provide the necessary skills to allow the evaluation of a range of technologies towards the adoption of an appropriate design and construction decision.



(1) possess knowledge of processes and methods for the development of construction projects.

(2) use the knowledge and methods for different types of construction.

(3) solve the identified technological problems occurred during construction projects’ processes.

(4) apply the code of practice, environmental and safety issues into the construction processes.


The overall process of a construction project. Site production: engineering approach in producing the site layout and site planning. Sub-structural construction: deep foundations including pile foundations and caissons, basement’s construction. Super-structural construction: reinforcement concrete structures, steel structures, composite building systems. Complex walls. System formworks. Environmental and safety issues in construction process.

IT in construction process.


Interactive Lectures will enable students to: 1. understand the working processes of high-rise buildings from sub-structure to

super-structure. 2. analyse and compare alternatives in the process of building structures. 3. apply the theories and concepts to comply with environmental and safety

constraints. Tutorial will enable students to consolidate the knowledge on technological methods

throughout the building production process through problem-solving assignments, case study and discussions.



% weighting


1 2 3 4

1. Coursework 30%

2. Examination 70%

Total 100 %


Students could demonstrate their understanding on the subject through the preparation of coursework and presentation. Problem-based learning and case study approach will be used.

Students’ overall understanding of the subject will be assessed in the examination, on both the theoretical knowledge and practical application.


Class contact:

Lecture 21 Hrs.

Tutorial 21 Hrs.


Self-development 57 Hrs.

Coursework preparation 21 Hrs.



Recommended : Chew, Y.L.M. (2009) Construction Technology for Tall Buildings. 3rd edition Singapore: Singapore University Press. Chudley, R. (2006) Advanced Construction Technology (Rev. ed.) 4th Edition, Longman. Foster J.S. & Greeno R., (2007) Structure & Fabric – Part II, 7th Edition, Mitchell, Pearson Prentice Hall. Supplementary: Allen E. (2009) Fundamentals of Building Construction: Materials and Methods. 5th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, New York. Ambrose, J.E. (1992) Building Construction and Design. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold. Blanc, A. (1994) Internal Components, Mitchell, Longman.

BRE (British Research and Establishment) Digests. Council on Tall Buildings and Urban Habitat (1995), Architecture of Tall Buildings, America: McGraw Hill. Chudley, R. (1999) Construction Technology (Re. ed.). 3rd Edition. England: Longman. Davies, V.J. and Tomasin, K. (1996) Construction Safety Handbook, 2nd Edition. London, Telford. Illingworth, J.R. (2000) Construction Methods and Planning. 2nd Edition. London: E&FN Spon. McEvoy, M. (1994) External Components. Mitchell, Longman. Nunnally, S.W. (2001) Construction Methods and Management. 5th Edition. Prentice Wong, W.M.R. (1998) 15 Most Outstanding Projects in Hong Kong. Hong Kong: China Trend Building Press Ltd. Wong, W.S. (1991) Building Materials and Technology in Hong Kong, All Arts Ltd.



Subject Title Temporary Work Design

Credit Value 4

Level 3


BRE291 & BRE204, or their equivalents

Objectives

Bring students’ attention to the vertical integration of the subject areas learned in Level 2 such as Structure, Construction Technology, Engineering Mathematics along with the working experience gained in Industrial Centre to the subject areas of Level 3 Structure II & Construction Technology II through design project whilst the inter-relation of the horizontal integration between subjects are also important in solving a problem-based project work. Integrate and apply knowledge gained from individual subject areas in technology, management, economics and legal aspects.



a) Design falsework and formwork for building construction b) Appraise alternative solutions to falsework and formwork design c) Recognize the inter-relationship and interdependence of various areas in

construction related to temporary works, such as cost, time, safety, and quality assurance

d) Comprehend the design and construction operations, technology & structure, management, economics and legal impacts of the construction industry both locally and in other countries through guided learning and case study.

e) Understand the implications of temporary design and construction in professional and social contexts; develop and improve communications skills and teamwork spirits in term project, and international/comparative study.


Introduction, basic concepts of formwork and falsework. Bamboo scaffolding: design and safety Metal scaffolding: components, loads, foundations, and design shoring design Formwork materials, formwork types, and quality of finishes Project handout and briefing Design of slab forms Design of wall forms Design of beam forms Design of column forms Selection of horizontal formwork systems Selection of vertical formwork systems International study (for full time students) or comparative study (for part time

students).


Structured lecture/tutorial sessions are carried out at different stages during the progress of project to provide learning support to students in achieving the intended learning outcomes. Lecture/tutorial sessions of 1.5 hours per week are intended for teaching of key concepts, principles, and methods in temporary works design/application. The students are provided with useful resources on WebCT for self study. A structured design project based on real life situation is to be used for term project and consists of the several components for applied learning:

1. Understand the structural elements of building components, 2. Prepare design of falsework systems to facilitate the construction of the

structural elements. 3. Evaluate the different systems of formwork and falsework and to appraise

alternation solutions. 4. Propose a suitable structural form for the formwork of various building

components, and to prepare the subsequent design drawings, structural calculations and specifications

5. Produce plan and proposal for the falsework/formwork to facilitate building construction

6. Appreciate the multi-objective nature of building construction related to temporary works

For international/comparative study, the students are required to conduct a comparative study of the construction and real estate industry of selected Asia Pacific countries and Hong Kong. A study tour or equivalent is to be organized by students. Students will select a country/region to study the structure of the property and construction industries on a wide range of topic areas of their visit to the organizations of the selected country, which may include government bodies, research institutions, universities, construction contractors and consultants, property developers, etc. The study tour will be organized by students between semesters. On completion of the tour, students are asked to prepare a report on what they have observed and to carry out a critical comparison between the country visited and Hong Kong. Also, a public presentation will be arranged to let students present their findings in a formal situation. It must be emphasized that input from teaching staff on the study tour is kept to a minimal and is provided as guidance in order to allow the student more autonomy to administer the projects and learn through the process of planning and execution. A final report and a public lecture for the International Studies will be presented and assessed by the Project Tutor.



% weighting


a b c d e

1. Temporary Works Design Report

75%

2. Study tour and report for full time programme/Comparative Study Report for part time programme

15%

Total 100 %

Explanation of the appropriateness of the assessment methods in assessing the intended learning outcomes: The subject is project-based, the students will work in groups to complete the design report/study report, which requires efforts from each team members to demonstrate that the group understands the problems and documents the solutions in a professional report.


Class contact:

LEC 21Hrs.

PW 56Hrs.


SELF-STUDY/REPORT WRITING 120 Hrs.

Hrs.



Reading List:

No standard textbook is recommended, since students have to refer to various literatures in order to achieve the requirement of the design project. Reference will be made to current articles in journals, local newspaper, would press, proceedings dealing with topics of current importance.

Recommended:

The Concrete Society (1995), Formwork A guide to good practice, 2nd Edition.

Illingworth J.R. (1987). Temporary Works: Their Role in Construction, Thomas Telford, London.

Labour Department (2001). Code of Practice for Metal Scaffolding Safety

Chudley, R. (1999). Advanced Construction Technology, 3rd ed. revised by Roger Grano, Longman.

Illingworth, J.R. (2000). Construction Methods and Planning, 2nd ed., E & FN Spon.


Subject Code BRE397

Subject Title Property Management Accounting

Credit Value 3

Level 3


NIL

Objectives

1. To introduce to the students the basic principles of accounting that are relevant to the property managers

2. To focus on the various applications of the accounting principles that related to

the real estate industry



a. Evaluate the concepts, tools and techniques of property management accounting. b. Apply fundamental accounting concepts and principles in solving property

management problems. c. Formulate and evaluate the financial planning and control system in a property

management company.


Introduction to accounting and finance, measuring and reporting financial position and performance, measuring and reporting cash flows, analyzing and interpreting financial statements, cost-volume-profit analysis, budgeting and managing working capital.


The principles of financial accounting and management accounting will be introduced in lectures. Application of the principles to solve problems in relate to the real estate industry will be learnt through case studies, problem-solving exercises, presentation etc. Discussion will be facilitated in small tutorial groups.



% weighting


a b c

1. Coursework 30%

2. Examinations 70%

Total 100 %


Students will be assessed through both coursework and examination. Coursework will consist of 1 term paper and problem solving assignments in the form of quiz. Both examination and coursework assess learning outcome a to c.


Class contact:

Lectures 21 Hrs.

Tutorials 21 Hrs.



Hrs.



Reading List: Recommended: Atrill, Peter (2006) Accounting and finance for non-specialists Brealey, Richard A (2007) Fundamentals of Corporate Finance, 5th edition, Irwin/McGraw Hill Ross, Stephen (2008) Fundamentals of Corporate Finance, 8th edition, Irwin/McGraw-Hill Wood F (2003) Vol. 1 & 2 Frank Wood's business accounting London: Pitman 2003 2nd rev.Edition


Subject Code BRE398

Subject Title Building Information Modeling (BIM)

Credit Value 3

Level 3


Nil

Objectives

1. Provide students with an overview of the application of BIM in building lifecycle, especially in building engineering and construction management;

2. Develop an understanding of the practical method to apply and operate BIM in contemporary building projects.


Students will demonstrate their ability to:- 1. Understand the concept of BIM and the constituents of BIM models; 2. Understand the functions and benefits of BIM in building engineering and

construction management; 3. Use some typical software packages to build or operate basic BIM models; 4. Apply BIM technology to building projects so as to solve some problems

occurring in building projects.


Emergence and development of BIM: background and development. Basic concepts related to BIM: BIM, 4D, and construction virtual prototyping. Functions and benefits of BIM: building lifecycle - design, tendering, construction, and maintenance. Software packages for BIM: Autodesk Revit, and Catia - Dassault Systemes. Practical method of applying BIM: barriers, principles, and a real-life case. Some representative cases of adopting BIM: mega or complex building projects.


Lectures and workshops will be delivered through the whole semester. Lectures will be used to introduce the basic concepts and functions of BIM and the method to employ BIM technology in building projects, and also to demonstrate some successful cases in which BIM has been adopted, while small group-based workshops will be applied into the study of software packages for BIM and project-based BIM application in different phases. Guest speakers will also be invited to give some seminars on the latest development and application of BIM technology.



% weighting


1 2 3 4

1.course work 40

2. exam 60

Total 100 %


Examination and coursework will constitute 60% and 40% of the overall mark for the subject respectively. Coursework mark will be based on presentation and exercises. Exercises will be conducted based on the application of BIM to different phases of building projects.


Class contact:

lectures 21Hrs.

tutorials 21Hrs.


Hrs.

Hrs.

Total student study effort Hrs.


Eastman, C., Teicholz, P., Sacks, R. and Liston, K. (2008) BIM handbook: a guide to building information modeling for owners, managers, designers, engineers, and contractors, John Wiley and Sons. Eastman, C.M. (1999) Building Product Models: Computer Environments Supporting Design and Construction, CRC Press LLC. Elvin, G. (2007) Integrated practice in architecture : mastering design-build, fast-track, and building information modeling, John Wiley and Sons. Hardin, B. (2009) BIM and Construction Management: Proven Tools, Methods, and Workflows, John Wiley and Sons. Kymmell, W. (2008) Building information modeling: planning and managing construction projects with 4D CAD and simulations, McGraw-Hill. Smith, D.K. and Tardif, M. (2009) Building information modeling: a strategic implementation guide for architects, engineers, constructors, and real estate asset managers, John Wiley and Sons. Supplementary: Krygiel, E., Nies, B. and McDowell, S. (2008) Green BIM: successful sustainable design with building information modeling, John Wiley and Sons.


Subject Code BSE332

Subject Title Fire Services

Credit Value 3

Level 3


BSE2214 HVACR Fundamentals II or BSE2280 HVACR Fundamentals

Objectives

The subject aims to enable students to: use codes of practices for fire engineering designs; design basic water-based fire engineering systems for buildings in Hong Kong; design gas protection systems; design fire detection and alarm systems; and understand basic passive protection systems in buildings.


Upon completion of the subject, students will be able to: (a) design basic fire services systems for buildings; (b) understand and appraise the governing legislation, rules and codes of practices

related to the fire services systems; and (c) link relevant fundaments with practical design and make rational choices of the

systems, materials and equipment based on both economics and performance.


Introduction to building fires and fire services systems: Fundamental concepts of fire, fire triangle, properties of fuel, fire load, fire extinguishing mechanisms, fire fighting agents, fire process, ignition, fire growth, flashover, and heat transfer. Fire safety provisions and code requirements: Laws of Hong Kong, building regulations, provisions of fire service installations, codes of practice for means of escape, fire resisting construction, means of access for fire fighting and rescue. Water-based systems: Sprinkler heads, sprinkler systems, fire hydrant and hose reel systems. Stand-pipe, wet, dry, pre-action, drencher, and water mist systems, etc. System components, source of water supply, design hazard classifications, water discharge density, pipe sizing methods, pump duty, system pressure and flow characteristics, high-rise systems, operation and maintenance, and case studies. Gas protection systems: Halon and halon alternatives, CO2 systems, FM200 systems, system components and layouts, operation and maintenance. Fire detection and alarm systems: Selection of detectors, components and layouts, cross zoning, beam detection systems, application of codes and design guides, and audibility of fire alarm. Passive fire protection systems: Design of passive fire safety measures. Fire resistance and fire resisting construction, compartmentation, building evacuation, means of access for fire-fighting, and refuge floor.


Teaching approach includes lectures, tutorials, in-class assessment, student-based seminars/ case studies, laboratory work and examination to facilitate learning. Designs of fire services systems, applications of technical data, regulations, standards and guidance notes prepared by various statutory bodies and others will be discussed in lectures with all intended learning outcomes to be achieved. Tutorials will be used to support lectures, including discussions on problem areas and on solving tutorial questions. Student participation is expected in solving selected examples in tutorial work, including examination questions and longer open-ended problems. In addition, visual aids such as films and slides will be shown and discussion will be held during tutorials in order to develop a better understanding of the subject. These will facilitate learning to achieve all intended learning outcomes. Related design work on automatic sprinkler systems, fire hydrant and hose reel systems, fire detection and automatic fire alarm systems will be included. Assignment work includes problem solving and in-class assessment which will evaluate student’s understanding of the knowledge being taught. Student-based seminars and examination will also achieve all the intended learning outcomes. Related laboratory work is an integral part of this subject, to serve as a vehicle for contrasting theory with practice, and provide students familiarity with equipment and testing techniques. Laboratory sessions will be jointly organized together with other technical subjects of the programme, but will be assessed as part of this subject. Topics include investigation of the characteristics of water mist system, use of thermocouple in fire engineering, smoke movement using water models, conventional and addressable fire alarm systems. Laboratory work mainly helps to achieve the intended learning outcome on designing the basic fire services systems for buildings.



% weighting


a b c 1. In-class assessment 10 2. Student-based seminar 10 3. Laboratory work 10 4. Examination 70 Total 100 %

Explanation of the appropriateness of the assessment methods in assessing the intended learning outcomes: 1. In-class assessment, usually in the format of closed book test, is delivered with

questions to evaluate the students’ understanding on fire basic, passive and active fire safety design for buildings, fire detection and alarm systems and sprinkler system design etc. The intended learning outcomes (a) and (b) can be achieved through this assessment.

2. Student-based seminars on fire engineering system design and performance

evaluation with group presentation and group report submission is to ensure that students can achieve critical thinking and all-roundedness with professional competence defined by the programme outcomes. Seminars will facilitate learning and achieve all intended learning outcomes.

3. Laboratory sessions allow students to understand how to design fire protection

systems. Intended learning outcome, in particular (a) will be achieved. 4. Examination is the final assessment for students to ensure their understanding and

learning abilities. All intended subject learning outcomes will be achieved.


Class contact:

Lecture and seminar 30Hrs.

Tutorial 7Hrs.

Laboratory 9Hrs.

In class assessment 2Hrs.


Self study, laboratory reports, seminar assessment and exam preparation etc.

72Hrs.

Total student study effort 120Hrs.


Buildings Ordinance and Regulations, Laws of Hong Kong, Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (HKSAR). Code of Practice for Fire Resisting Construction, Building Authority, Hong Kong, 1996. Code of Practice for the Provision of Means of Access for Firefighting and Rescue, Buildings Department, Hong Kong, 2004. Code of Practice for the Provision of Means of Escape in Case of Fire, Building Authority, Hong Kong, 1996. Codes of Practice for Minimum Fire Service Installations and Equipment and Inspection, Testing and Maintenance of Installations and Equipment, Fire Services Department (FSD), HKSAR, 2005. Chartered Institution of Building Services Engineers (CIBSE) Guide E: Fire Safety Engineering, CIBSE, London, UK, 2010. Fire Protection Handbook, 20th Edition, National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), Quincy, USA, 2008. Laws of Hong Kong with Ordinance and the Sub-leg Regulations, HKSAR. List of FSD Circular Letters, especially No. 3/2006 and No, 1/2009, http://www.hkfsd.gov.hk/home/eng/circular.html. Loss Prevention Council LPC Rules for Automatic Sprinklers Installations Incorporating British Standard BS EN 12845:2003 – Fixed firefighting systems – Automatic sprinkler systems – Design, installation and maintenance, LPC, UK, 2003. Sturges, J.L., Fire safety and buildings, Blackwell Science, 2003.


Subject Code IC301

Subject Title Industrial Safety I

Credit Value 1 Academic Credit

Level 3

Co-requisite IC354 or TM2005

Objectives

To provide health and safety training to students in the Faculty of CLU with emphasis being placed upon safety awareness, accident prevention and the safety issues associated with construction industry.


Upon completion of this subject, students will be able to:

a) describe the legal requirements/codes of practice relating to construction safety (Syllabus Item 1);

b) describe the common types of work-related accidents and identify potential Occupational Safety and Health hazards at construction sites, and recommend associated preventive measures including the use of personal protective equipment (Syllabus Items 2 and 3);

c) describe the importance of, and procedures for, reporting accidents and dangerous occurrences (Syllabus Item 3); and

d) outline the safety management principles applicable to the construction industry (Syllabus Item 4).


1) Overview: Introduction to construction safety; Government's policy in industrial safety; safety & health legislation in Hong Kong.

2) Construction Safety: Construction Sites (Safety) Regulations; codes of practice; potential hazards/risks associated with construction sites and high risk activities such as working in confined space.

3) Safety Technology: Machinery safety and guarding; workplace ergonomics including display screen equipment and manual handling; personal protective equipment; first aid and emergency preparedness; reporting accidents and dangerous occurrences; fire safety, electrical hazards.

4) Safety Management: Safety training; safety policy; safety committees; safety inspection; safety audit.

Learning Methodology

Lectures, supported by illustration, demonstration and student-teacher interaction.


Assessment Methods Weighting

(%)

Intended Learning Outcomes Assessed

a b c d

1. Coursework 70

2. Test 30

Total 100

Student Study Effort Required

Class Contact

Lecture & test 18 Hrs.

Tutorial 6 Hrs.

Other Study Effort

Coursework 3 Hrs.

Total Study Effort 27 Hrs.


Course material at:

http://www.ic.polyu.edu.hk/e-learning/OES/OES.htm

http://158.132.155.107/e-learning/OES/OES.htm

Level 4 Subjects: BRE 401 Construction Technology III BRE 4051 Project Evaluation and Development BRE 415

BRE 418 BRE 426 BRE 427 BRE 4281 BRE 4291 BRE 431 BRE 432 BRE 435 BRE 436 BRE 437 BRE 438 BRE 439 BRE 440 BRE 441 BRE 442 BRE 450 BRE 453 BRE 477 APSS 406 APSS 409

Dispute Resolution Real Estate Development Geotechnical and Foundation Engineering Applied Property Investment Construction Engineering Management Real Estate Marketing Housing Studies Property Management II Design, Adaptation and Conversion Applied Property Valuation Facility Management Property Management Practice Engineering Contract Procedure Cost and Value Management Professional Studies Forecasting and Competition in the Built Environment Building Maintenance for Sustainability Building Services II Dissertation Managing Human Services in Changing Context Health Policy and Administration


Subject Code BRE401

Subject Title Construction Technology III

Credit Value 3

Level Level 4


BRE391

Objectives

This subject is intended to: 1. examine building production during construction, in which advanced construction

technologies and effective management technique are integrated. 2. to introduce special construction process like demolition. 3. introduce the concepts of sustainable design and construction.


Students will demonstrate their ability to:- 1. Solve the technological problems found on sites by workable solutions. 2. Assess and apply appropriate techniques to building production problems. 3. Apply a strategic approach to technological issues from the senior construction

management point of view.


Site production: methods of demolition and safety, building production systems, engineering approach in site/production planning, scheduling and control techniques. The integration of architectural, structural and building services in construction production.

Environmental protection and Sustainability in building design and construction.

Concrete production: prestressing, post-tensioning and high-strength concrete, quality control; heat control and cooling systems in mass concrete production.

Prefabrication: on-site and off-site production and fabrication, transportation to site, and site installation.

Robotic in construction. Health and Safety in Construction. Addition and Alternation works.


Interactive lectures are used to identify construction issues, to generate and explain the concepts. Theories and practices in construction production and planning and hence how to solve the problem arisen. Tutorials are conducted with the aim to consolidate the subject matters learned in the lectures and to view different perspectives of construction problems and solutions. In the lectures and tutorial, case studies are used to analyze and interpret the issues, solutions and practices of construction projects. Site visit would be arranged to incorporate what are learned in classroom situations to a real-life situation to further enhance the knowledge of application and integration of theories and practices. Seminar presentations are arranged for students to work in team to investigate topics either presented in lectures/tutorials or contemporary issues or state-of-art construction practices or case study of the construction of a particular building, etc. The learning emphasis will be on developing the students’ analytical and critical approach to the solutions of production problems with particular reference to the production techniques and management issues in local situations.


Assessment includes both written examination and coursework assignment. Students are assessed their abilities in solving technological problems found in construction project taking into account of the assessment and application of appropriate techniques and methods with a strategic approach from the construction management point of view. The coursework mark will be based on seminar presentations and report, and site visit reports. In both coursework and examination, students should demonstrate their application and appraisal of concepts and knowledge. Examination and coursework will constitute the 70% and 30% of the overall marks of the subject respectively.


Class contact:

Lecture 21 Hrs.

Tutorial 21 Hrs.


Site Visit 3 Hrs.

Hrs.



Reading List: Chew, Y.L.M. (2009) Construction Technology for Tall Building 3rd edition. Singapore: World Scientific. Illingworth, J.R. (2000) Construction Methods and Planning. 2nd edition. London, New York : E & FN Spon Nunnually, S.W. (2004) Construction Method and Management, 6th edition, Upper Saddle River: Prentice Hall Hamer, M. (1999) Construction: A 2020 Vision Report, London: Construction Industry Board Council on Tall Buildings and Urban Habitat, (1995) Architecture of Tall Buildings, McGraw-Hill Harris F. & McCaffer R. (2006) Modern Construction Management, 6th Edition, Blackwell Science So, A.T.P. & Chan, W.L. (1999) Intelligent Building Systems, Kluwer Academic. Naylor H. (1995) Construction Project Management: Planning and Scheduling, Delmar Neale R., Price A. & Sher W. (1993) Prefabricated Modules in Construction, CIOB

Vallero D. & Brasier C. (2008) Susyainable Design – The Science of Sustainability and Green Engineering, John Wilry & Son. Supplementary: Allen E. (1999) Fundamentals of Building Construction: Materials and Methods, 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons CIOB (1995) Time for Real Improvement: Learning from Best Practice in Japanese Construction R&D, CIOB

CIOB (1991) Planning and Programming in Construction: A Guide to Good Practice, CIOB



Subject Title Project Evaluation and Development

Credit Value 5

Level 4


Nil

Objectives

Develop students’ ability to critically evaluate, synthesize and integrate knowledge gained from a variety of sources related to the construction development process; and provide the skills necessary to document and present proposals for the development of a construction project from inception to hand over.



a. Evaluate the major issues involved in the process of developing a site for a client

b. Identify the relevant laws, regulations and procedures that must be complied with through the development process

c. Effectively adopt a teamwork approach to developing a project d. Propose solutions to complex technology and management problems

associated with the proposal and development of a project e. Communicate effectively in a managerial role, including effective

presentation of analysis, justification of recommended actions, and persuasive messages intended to affect the perception of others.

The above learning outcomes reinforce the programme learning outcomes contained in the Programme Document, as well as the all-rounded attributes of students.


Students are required to select a site and formulate original proposals for its development or redevelopment. This involves addressing the whole range of activities involved at the conception, design, construction and disposal stages of a typical construction project. The intention is to improve students’ comprehension of the whole development process. The fact that the vacant land or existing buildings are real means that the planning, commercial, and amenity aspects can be thoroughly researched.


The pedagogical philosophy for this subject is student-centred learning through project work. Students are “enabled” to adopt the self-study approach by using their own initiative to gain knowledge and apply it to a series of inter-related tasks in a realistic situation. The project work consists of 2 phases, occurring in Semester 1 and 2 respectively. In Phase I, students either select their own sites with preset criteria or are allotted sites from information made available in the public domain. Individually, they formulate original proposals for development or re-development of the chosen sites, with economic, social and technical justifications (in the form of feasibility study). Each student is required to submit a written report and present findings for assessment. In Phase 2, after deciding on the best development to go ahead, students work in groups

to propose procurement methods, set out design team briefing information, identify necessary planning and regulatory approvals, propose production control measures and disposal methods. A group report and presentation form part of the assessment process.

At the beginning of each phase, students are briefed on the important factors affecting their works through lectures. A subject website has also been established providing stage-by-stage guidelines and resources for students to progress. Upon submission of reports and presentations, feedback is provided to individual students. In Sem 2, an on-line test is arranged to ensure that students have done their reading. Throughout the project process, designated staff members are available for consultation with timetabled hours for tutorials.



% weighting


a b c d e

1.Phase 1 presentation 20% √ √ √

2. Phase 1 written report 30% √ √ √

3.Phase 2 presentation 10% √ √ √

4. Phase 2 written report 25% √ √ √

5. On-line test 15% √ √

Total 100 %


This is a continuously assessed subject with no examination. In Phase 1, students submit individual reports and present their major findings. The assessment is focused on individual skills and Subject Outcome a, d and e. In Phase 2, group reports are submitted with presentations. The assessment is focused on team work skills and Subject Outcome b, c and f.

An individual on-line open-book test in the mid of Sem 2 consisting of multiple choice questions. A different set of questions is generated for each student. This test is mainly to ensure that students have done their reading when they work on the integrated project.

The Assessment Models for Phase 1 and Phase 2, with clear assessment criteria for both the presentation and the written report submissions, are shown on the subject website.


Effort Required

Lectures 6 Hrs.

Seminar Presentations 7 Hrs.

Tutorials 8 Hrs.






Cadman D. (1995). Property Development. E & F.N. Spon Collier C.A. (1994). Construction Funding: Where the Money Comes From. Willey Darlow C. (1988). Valuation and Development Appraisal Estates Gazette Harrison, F.L. (1992). Advanced Project Management: A Structured Approach. Gower Higson, C.J. (1995). Business Finance. Butterworths Rougvie A. (1987). Project Evaluation and Development. Mitchell The Chartered Institute of Building (1996). Code of Practice for Project Management: For Construction and Development

Walker A. (2007). Project Management in Construction. Blackwell Publishing

Sidney, L.M. (2007) Project Management in Construction, McGraw-Hill

Other references as listed on the subject website.


Subject Code BRE415

Subject Title Dispute Resolution

Credit Value 3

Level 4


BRE206

Objectives

Provide an understanding of the aspects of law and procedures relating to the resolution of dispute in the construction industry and develop students’ ability to appropriately apply theoretical aspects of dispute resolution to practical solutions.



a. Explain the evolution of dispute resolution in an international context.

b. Identify the relevant laws, regulations and procedures and apply them to the resolution of disputes in Hong Kong’s construction industry.

c. Analyse the process of arbitration, mediation, litigation and adjudication;

d. Evaluate the implications involved, in terms of contractual and business relations, when making decisions about the choice of method to be used to settle construction related disputes.

e. Propose solutions to complex construction dispute cases both orally and in writing.

f. Communicate effectively


Litigation as a means of settling disputes.

Origins of arbitration and of alternative dispute resolution (ADR)

Different forms of ADR.

Dispute resolution process in Hong Kong.

Application of laws relating to litigation, arbitration and ADR.

Law of civil evidence.


The course is conducted by way of problem-based learning. Before each of the lectures, the students are given problem scenarios around which the lecturing materials are built. During the lectures, the problems are discussed and feedback will then be given.

The problem scenarios are designed with the purpose of achieving the intended learning outcomes. By preparing, attending and involving in the discussion and debate during the lectures, the outcomes are achieved.

The knowledge acquired by the students then forms the fundamental knowledge of the students about the subject. The assessment methods, which stated below, then give the students the opportunity to widen the scope of their knowledge over the subject and to apply the knowledge in real situation.



% weighting


a b c d e f

1.

Oral presentation, written report relating to the practical, procedural or legal aspects of topics which have not been covered by first assignment.

After the presentation, questions are put to the students by the lecturer/tutor to test the students’ abilities in applying the knowledge they acquired.

50 √ √ √ √ √ √

2.

Oral presentation and written report relating to the theoretical aspects of the topics covered by the syllabus.

After the presentation, questions are put to the students by the lecturer/tutor to test the students’ abilities in applying the knowledge they acquired.

50 √ √ √ √ √ √

Total 100 %


Assessments for this module will be by two Coursework Assignments. There will be no assessment by examination.

The assessments are designed to contribute to learning, and to determine the extent to which a student has achieved the ILO and hence the programme outcome.

For the first assignment, problem scenarios are designed by the lecturer. The students are required to form groups to complete the assignment by selecting one of the problem scenarios and to present their answers. In addition, each of the groups is required to submit a written report relating to the presentation.

For the second assignment, each group is required to select any topic covering by the syllabus and the topic cannot be those already been dealt with in the first assignment by any of the problem scenarios. The students are them required to make a presentation relating to the topics they have selected and to submit a written report relating to the presentation.

Both of the assignment are designed to test the students’ abilities to:

1. organize themselves with minimal instructions 2. organize through negotiation with other members of the same group without

direction from the tutors or lecturer 3. work in a team environment 4. coordinate or negotiate selection of topics with other groups 5. complete the task through the use of initiative and ingenuity, i.e., creativity

and cleverness 6. use effectively the resources available to the students in the library and on-line 7. test the students’ knowledge and the ability to apply the concepts that they

have learnt as well as the students reasoning ability and their abilities in making critical judgment.

In that way, whether the students have acquired the abilities as statement in the ILO above can be assessed.


Class contact:

Lecture 21 Hrs.

Tutorial 21 Hrs.


Self studying. Preparation for discussion of the problems to which the lectures relate and doing the course works.

120 Hrs.

Hrs.



Reading List and References: Goldberg, S. B. (1999), Dispute Resolution: Negotiation, Mediation and other Processes. Aspen Law & Business Hills, M.J. (2001), Building Contract Procedures in Hong Kong. Longman Hong Kong Education Kaplan, N. (1994), Hong Kong & China Arbitration: Cases and Materials, Butterworths Asia. Morgan, R. (1997). The Arbitration Ordinance of Hong Kong: A Commentary with 1997 Supplement. Butterworths Asia.

Tapper, R. (1990). Cross on Evidence, Butterworths Uff, J. (1996), Construction Law & Practice Relating to the Construction Industry, Sweet & Maxwell. Supplementary: Chan, E. H. (1997). Amicable Dispute Resolution in the PRC and its Implication for Foreign-related Construction Disputes. Construction Economics and Management, Nov. 1997, Vol.15, No. 6, pp.539-548. Fenn, P.; O’Shea, M. & Davies, E. (eds.)(1998). Dispute Resolution and Conflict Management in Construction: An Internation Review. E. & FN Spon. Hills, M.J. (1992), A Case for an Alternative Approach to the Resolution of Disputes Under JCT 80 Standard Form of Building Contract, MSc dissertation (Supervisor: Dr. R.F. Fellows), University of Bath Kaplan, N. (1983), Hong Kong Arbitration Cases and Materials, Butterworths Asia Langan, P. St. J. (1983), Civil Procedures, Sweet & Maxwell Merkin, R. (1996), Arbitration Act 1996: An Annotated Guide, Lloyds of London Press Relevant Ordinances and Regulations of the Hong Kong Government Others: 1. Those being stated in the syllabus of the course. 2. Other suggested reading: : the latest edition of the following books 2.1. Building Contract Procedures in Hong Kong 2.2. Hong Kong Civil Procedures, i.e. the White Book. 2.3. HKIAC rule of arbitration 2.4. Brookers’ Arbitration Law and Practice 2.5. Arbitration in Hong Kong – A Practical Guide. 2.6. The related ordinances of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region.


Subject Code BRE 418

Subject Title Real Estate Development

Credit Value 3

Level 4


Nil

Objectives

This subject is intended to provide an integrated and consolidated intellectual framework for students to comprehend and analyze the current factors and key issues in affecting production and consumption of the built environment in society.



1. Describe and evaluate the existing research literature on land and property development.

2. Describe and evaluate the complex and dynamic process of real estate development, with special reference to the local context.

3. Distinguish and explain the significance of all the key social, political, economic, physical and regulatory factors affecting the performance of the property development industry.

4. Appraise the theoretical models and concepts in analyzing the current issues in property development.

5. Synthesize knowledge from various disciplines and apply them in solving practical problems in real estate development.

6. Communicate and present ideas in a clear and articulate manner using appropriate academic conventions


Real Estate Development Model and Process: Models of Development Process; Strengths and Weaknesses of Development Models;

Factors Influencing Real Estate Development; Transformation of Urban Built Environment.

Public Sector Regulations and Development Potential: Concepts of Project Feasibility; Approaches in Development Control Decision Analysis;

Political vs Technical Factors in Government Regulations; Judging Development Control Decisions.

Current Issues in Real Estate Development: Property Finance and Property Cycles; Globalization of Real Estate; Land Development in

China; Property-led Urban Regeneration. Different Types of Real Estate Development: Office, Residential and Industrial Development.


Lectures - The lectures provide an explanation and evaluation of the important theories, models and concepts in the course contents. Interactive Tutorial Sessions - Tutorials are organized for students to intensively evaluate the relevance of the research literature and/or work on particular problems in real estate development. Students are required to present and communicate their ideas and/or discuss their recommendations at the tutorials. Some tutorials may be conducted on-line, if appropriate. Coursework may comprise short quizzes, tutorial

assignments and short essays. Final examination normally comprises essay type questions.



% weighting


1 2 3 4 5 6

1. Written assignment 12.5 % √ √ √ √ √

2. Class exercises 12.5% √ √ √

3. Quizzes 25% √ √ √ √ √

4. Final Examination 50% √ √ √ √ √ √

Total 100%


Assessment consists of both coursework and final examination. Short quizzes/class exercises/written assignments are continuous assessments that cover all the learning units in this subject. They assess the students’ abilities to identify, appraise and evaluate the literature. The Final Examination covers essay-type questions and allows students to further synthesize the knowledge and apply to practical scenarios and specific situations.


Class contact:

Lecture 21 Hrs.

Tutorial 21 Hrs.


Coursework assignments 56 Hrs.

Independent Self-study 82 Hrs.



Adams, C.D., Russell, L. & Taylor-Russell, C.S. (1993). Development constraints, market processes and the supply of industrial land. Journal of Property Research, 1993(10), 49-61. Brueggeman, W. B. (1995). The impending recovery in ten major office markets: A strategic assessment of suburban versus CBD conditions. Real Estate Finance, 12(1), p.32-39. Charney, I. (2007). Intra-metropolitan preferences of property developers in greater Toronto's office market. Geoforum, 38(6), 1179-1189. Coakley, J. (1994). The integration of property and financial markets, Environment and Planning A, 26, 697-713.

Daniels, P. W., & Bryson, J. R. (2002). Manufacturing services and servicing manufacturing: knowledge-based cities and changing forms of production. Urban Studies, 39(5-6), 977-991. De Magalhaes, C. (1998). Economic instability, structural change, and the property markets: the late-1980s office boom in Sao Paulo. Environment and Planning A, 30(11), 2005-2024. Gospodini, A. (2006). Portraying, classifying and understanding the emerging landscapes in the post-industrial city. Cities, 23(5), 311-330. Henneberry, J. (1988). Conflict in the industrial property market. Town Planning Review, 59(3), 241-262. Hutton, T. A. (2004). Post-industrialism, post-modernism and the reproduction of Vancouver's central area: retheorising the 21st-century city. Urban Studies, 41(10), 1953-1982. Knox, P. L. (1991). The restless urban landscape: economic and sociological change and the transformation of Metropolitan Washington, D.C. Annals of the Association of American Geographers. 81(2), p.181-209. Mueller, G. R. (1995). Understanding real estate's physical and financial market cycles. Real Estate Finance, 12(3), p.47-52. Tang, B.S. and Yiu, C.Y. (2010) Space and scale: a study of development intensity and housing price in Hong Kong. Landscape and Urban Planning. 96 (3), 172-182. Wu, F. (1998). The new structure of building provision and the transformation of the urban landscape in metropolitan Guangzhou, PRC. Urban Studies, 35(2), p.259-283.


Subject Code BRE426

Subject Title Geotechnical and Foundation Engineering

Credit Value 3

Level 4


CSE290 & BRE302

Objectives

a) Provide students with knowledge of the basic principles of geotechnical engineering and the relation and implications to foundation choices and designs and the ground works needed to be carried out.



a) Apply the understanding of soil properties, mechanics principles and theories to the behaviour of soils under different kinds of pressures and the effects of water.

b) Relate the importance of safety and geotechnical considerations in designing/undertaking site formation and earth-retaining works.

c) Describe the basics concepts of soil mechanics and its application to analyze soil retaining structures.

d) Illustrate an understanding of modern soil improvement techniques and retaining slopes, soil and excavation techniques.

e) Appraise foundation design concepts in the choice of appropriate foundation and design simple foundations.


Soil Mechanics and Geology:

Shear strength of soil, lateral earth pressure. Site investigation for deep and complex foundation/basement design and construction, interpretation of borehole log (field and laboratory tests).

Site Formation: Techniques of excavation and de-watering.

Stability of Slopes and Earth Retaining Structure: Slope stability, drainage of slopes, ground anchor, slope protection methods. Active and passive lateral earth pressures, analysis and design of soil retaining structures in particular gravity retaining walls, cantilever and anchored sheet pile walls, diaphragm walls, braced or strutted excavation, failure of retaining structure.

Foundation Design and Geotechnical Problems : Ground & soil stablisation improvement: compaction and pre-compaction, grouting and chemical stablisation, vibratory methods, soil reinforcement and the use of geosynthetics for drainage.

Stresses in subsoil, load bearing capacity and settlement of foundations, rate/magnitude of settlement; factors to be considered in foundation design; pile foundation method and construction process of percussion and bored piles, pile capacity and pile driving formula, plant and equipment for piling, pile testing and Code of Practice.


Interactive Lectures will enable students to: 1. Appreciate basic concepts of soils mechanics. 2. Relate geotechnical considerations regarding construction works. 3. Apply the soil mechanics concept to analyse slope stability, retaining wall

structure and design simple foundations. Tutorial will enable students to: 1. Consolidate the geotechnical and foundation engineering concepts through

problem-solving assignments and discussions. Laboratory will enable students to: 1. Identify and appreciate the shear strength and permeability of soils.



% weighting


a b c d e

1. Problem-solving assignment

12 √ √ √ √ √

2. Laboratory report

3 √

3. Mid-term test 15 √ √

4. Final examination

70 √ √ √ √ √

Total 100 %


The problem –solving assignments are used to assess students’ ability to solve geotechnical and foundation engineering problems with good numerical accuracy based on the theories and concepts studied in the lectures.

The laboratory report is used to assess students’ ability to observe and verify the shear strength and the permeability of soils and to present the experimental results in a logical and clear format.

The mid-term test and the final examination are used to assess students’ i) understanding of the geotechnical and foundation engineering theories and concepts learned in the lectures and ii) ability to solve geotechnical and foundation engineering problems with good numerical accuracy.


Class contact:

Lecture 21 Hrs.

Tutorial and Laboratory 21 Hrs.


120 Hrs.

Hrs.



Recommended Text

Das, B M “Introduction to Geotechnical Engineering”. ISE. 2nd edition, 2008, Thomson. References Bowles J E “Foundation analysis and design” McGraw Hill.

Tomlinson M.J. “Foundation design and construction”, 2001 Prentice Hall.

Tomlinson M.J. “Pile design and construction practice”, 1994 E & FN Spon.

*Liu C and Evett J B “Soils and Foundations” 5th edition, Prentice Hall.

* Coduto D P “Geotechnical Engineering Principles and Practice 1999, Prentice Hall.

Geotechnical Engineering Office Geoguides 1,2 and 3; CED Hong Kong Government, Government Publication Centre.

Pile design and construction, GEO Publication No. 1/96 CED Hong Kong Government.

* Good reference books


Subject Code BRE427

Subject Title Applied Property Investment

Credit Value 3

Level 4


BRE315 and BRE319/ Nil/ Nil

Objectives


1. Give to the students an appreciation of the scope of real property investment. 2. Enable them to apply the techniques available to select suitable investment

vehicles for different types of investor under different market conditions. 3. Enable the students to apply the techniques in business valuation to solve practical

problems.



1. Identify and analyse of the investment environment for real estate in Hong Kong, PRC and Overseas.

2. Recognise the scope of real estate investment in Hong Kong.

3. Use their knowledge to solve practical problems in real estate investment business and business valuation.


Rationale of property investment: major investors in real property in the public and private sectors; principal types of real property investment and their characteristics; causes for historical property market cycles, present market trends and projections; direct and indirect investment; securitization such as REIT (real estate investment trust) in the property market; property investment in the People’s Republic of China and overseas. The investment decision: sources and manipulation of information; analysis of direct real property investments; comparative investment analysis; returns on investment; risk and uncertainty. Investment psychology.

Analysis of indirect property investment (business valuation): Open market and notional market; Approaches to value determination: Going Concern approach and Liquation Value approach; Valuation techniques: asset-based techniques, Income approach and market approach; Market capitalization and discount rates; Goodwill valuation.


Emphasis is made on the application of the investment principles and techniques developed over the past two years to solve actual problems in property investment. Students’ awareness on the investment market, particularly the real estate investment market, will be enhanced. It will be learnt through case studies, problem-solving exercises, presentation etc. Discussion will be facilitated in small tutorial groups. Lectures, seminars, projects and tutorials will form the basic skeleton for learning the subject.



% weighting


a b c d e

1.Coursework 30%

2. Examination 70%

Total 100 %


Examination and coursework will constitute 70% and 30% of the overall mark for the subject respectively. The coursework mark will be based on the assignments and presentations. Both examination and coursework assess learning outcomes 1 to 3.


Class contact:

Lecture 21 Hrs.

Hrs.


Seminar/ Tutorial 21 Hrs.

Hrs.



Recommended: Andrew Baum (1995), Property Investment Appraisal, 2nd edition Brown R. Gerald (2000), Real Estate Investment: a capital market approach Reilly F. and Brown K. (2000), Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management, 6th edition Hersh Sefrin (2000), Beyond Greed and Fear: understanding behavioural finance and the psychology of investing Nofsinger John R. (2002), The Psychology of Investing 1st edition Stowe, Robinson, Pinto and McLeavey (2002), Analysis of Equity Investments: Valuation AIMR Krishna G. Palepu, Paul M. Healy, and Victor L. Bernard (2000) Business Analysis and Valuation using Financial Statements, 2nd edition, South-Western College Publishing

James R. English (2001), Applied Equity Analysis: Stock Valuation Techniques for Wall Street Professionals, McGraw-Hill, New York Supplementary: Graham and Dodd (1962), Security Analysis: principles and technique, 4th edition Graham (1973), The Intelligent Investor: a book of practical counsel Michael E. Porter (1998), Competitive Strategy: The Core Concepts, Free Press, New York Howard Schilit (2002), Financial Shenanigans, 2nd edition, McGraw-Hill, New York Robert J. Shiller (2000), Irrational Exuberance, Broadway Books, New York



Subject Title Construction Engineering Management

Credit Value 3

Level 4


Pre-requisite: BRE350 – Project Management and Procurement

Co-requisite / Exclusion: Nil

Objectives

This subject is intended to develop the students’ ability to apply decision making theories and operational research techniques in the management of construction projects.



a. identify and diagnose management problems accurately and effectively across a wide range of construction engineering activities, including management practices, human resources and plant management, operations, and strategic management.

b. formulate construction engineering management problems into analytical models. c. find out and plan sound solutions from various analytical models by using

quantitative (operational research) techniques.


Construction productivity measurement and analysis Site management and method statements Fast track construction systems Construction plant and materials management Risk management for construction projects Construction management practices in Mainland China Linear and dynamic programming techniques and applications Decision theory and applications Inventory control theory and applications Monte Carlo simulation and applications


Student learning will be facilitated through a combination of self-study and class contact sessions. The self-study will include guided reading, library searching skills, problem solving, reflection and textual & graphical communication as individuals and as part of a group. Some assignments will involve the training and development of problem analysis and presentation of results. Class contact will include lectures for providing an overall framework to topic areas and for those areas where textbooks do not provide adequate coverage. Small group sessions will be used for a combination of student-led seminars, role plays and workshop exercises for skill development and the raising of ethical awareness.



% weightin

g


a b c d e

1. Continuous assessment 50% √ √ √

2. Examination (2 hours) 50% √ √ √

Total 100 %

The subject will be assessed on both a continuous basis and a close-book written examination. Coursework and examination will constitute equal parts of the overall marks of the subject respectively. The coursework mark will be based on role play, seminar discussion, presentation, workshops and problem-based assignments. Marks will be allocated on group and individual basis.

The individual problem-based assignments and group assignment presentations attempt to test the level of students’ knowledge and application of various decision making theories and operational research techniques to construction projects, and then to determine the best option or the most optimal solution for implementation with strong justifications or sound recommendations.

Typical coursework assessment criteria include:

logical structure; clarity and depth of thought; quality of written presentation; knowledge and information; problem analysis skills; oral and visual presentation skills; participation and leadership.

The exam questions attempt to test students’ knowledge and understanding of various decision making theories and operational research techniques to construction projects, and then to suggest the most desirable strategies with justified arguments.


Class contact:

Lectures 21 Hrs.

Tutorials / Seminars 21 Hrs.



Hrs.



Recommended: Chan D.W.M. and Kumaraswamy M.M. (1995) “A Study of the Factors Affecting

Construction Durations in Hong Kong”. Construction Management and Economics, 13(4), July, 319-333. Chan D.W.M. and Kumaraswamy M.M. (1995) “Effects of Technology and Site Productivity on Construction Times of Building Projects in Hong Kong”. Proceedings of the 16th Annual ASEM Conference, American Society for Engineering Management, 21-23 September 1995, Washington DC, USA, 309-316. Dai J.K., Goodrum P.M. and Maloney W.F. (2007) “Analysis of Craft Workers’ and Foremen’s Perceptions of the Factors Affecting Construction Labour Productivity”. Construction Management and Economics, 25(11), November, 1137-1150. Harris F. and McCaffer R. (2001) Modern Construction Management, 5th Edition, Blackwell Science: Oxford Kumaraswamy M.M. and Chan D.W.M. (1995) “Determinants of Construction Duration”. Construction Management and Economics, 13(3), May, 209-217. Olomolaiye P.O., Jayawardane A.K.W. and Harris F.C. (1998) Construction Productivity Management, Addison Wesley Longman, Edinburgh, England: Chartered Institute of Building. Render Barry (1997) Quantitative Analysis for Management. Upper Saddle River, N.J.: Prentice Hall, 6th Edition, Longman Ltd., Ascot, England: Chartered Institute of Building Shen L.Y., Lu W.S., Li H. and Shen Q.P. (2003) “Computer-aided decision support system for assessing contractor’s competitiveness”, Journal of Automation in Construction Vol. 12, No.5, 577-587. Shen L.Y., Li Q.M. and Li H. (2002) ‘Alternative concession model for BOT-contract project’, Journal of Construction Engineering and Management, ASCE, 128(4), 326-331. Shen L.Y, Wu M. and Wang J.Y. (2002) ‘A model for assessing the feasibility of construction project in contributing to the attainment of sustainable development’, Journal of Construction Research, Vol. 3, No.2, 255-271. Shen L.Y., Wu W.C., Ng S.K. (2001) ‘Risk Analysis for Construction Joint Ventures in China’ Journal of Construction Engineering and Management, ASCE, 127(1), 76-82. Shen L.Y., Drew D., Zhang Z.H. (1999) ‘An Optimal Bidding Model for Price-Time Bi-parameter Construction Contracts’ Journal of Construction Engineering and Management, ASCE, Vol. 125, No.3, pp.204-209. Fisher N. and Shen L.Y. (1992) Information Management within a Contractor - a Model for the Flow of Data Thomas Telford Publications, U.K., ISBN 0-7277-1666-2 (This book is based on the research studies ‘information management system for construction companies’), pp.260. Shen L.Y. (1999) ‘Risk Management’, Building in Value: Pre-design Issues, (Ed., Best & De Valence) Arnold Publishers, ISBN: 0340741600, pp.248-267. Tang S.L., Ahmad I.U., Ahmed S.M. and Lu M (2004) Quantitative Techniques for Decision Making in Construction, Hong Kong University Press: Hong Kong.

Journals: Hong Kong Engineer: The Journal of The Hong Kong Institution of Engineers, Printers’ Circle Ltd Journal of Building and Construction Management, CIOB(HK), HKIE (Building Division) and ACMA Australian Institute of Building Papers, AIB Construction Management and Economics, Routledge, Taylor & Francis Engineering, Construction and Architectural Management, Emerald Facilities, Emerald HKIE Transactions, Henderson & Associates Journal of Construction Engineering and Management, ASCE Journal of Facilities Management, Emerald Journal of Management in Engineering, ASCE International Journal of Construction Management International Journal of Project Management, Elsevier Building and Environment, Elsevier Building Research and Information, Routledge, Taylor & Francis



Subject Title Real Estate Marketing

Credit Value 3

Level 4


Nil

Objectives

This subject is intended to equip with students: a) Ability to examine and apply marketing theories in the real estate industry,

and b) Capability to comprehend practices and regulations in relation to real estate

marketing.



a) Apply marketing theory in the real estate industry; b) Understand key literature pertaining to the field of study; c) Evaluate the practices and marketing strategies in both primary and secondary

markets; d) Comprehend the impacts to the industry by the introduction of regulatory

controls.


1. Introduction and simple marketing concepts 2. Marketing theory and applications in the real estate market

a) Target Marketing and Market Segmentation b) Product Strategies c) Pricing Strategies d) Placing Strategies e) Promotion Strategies

3. Salient elements of the regulatory controls a) Estate Agents Ordinance b) Estate Agents Authority c) Licensing d) Practice regulations e) Code of conducts

4. Other topics include applications of game theory in real estate marketing, estate agency industry in China etc.


This subject adopts Criterion-Referenced Assessment (CRA). Format of assessment: ◦ Coursework (50%)

In-class assessment - comprehension of key literature Identifications of Salient Product features Preparation of Marketing Plan

◦ Examination (50%) 2-hr exam essay type questions



% weighting


a b c d

1.In-class assessment 15 √

2. Product features 15 √

3. Marketing Plan 30 √ √ √

4. Examination 50 √ √ √ √

Total 100 %


The students will assure the instructors of their timely comprehensions of the key literature through the weekly in-class assessments. The design of the coursework will emphasize on testing the students’ understandings on the applications of marketing theory and regulatory controls in the industry. Rooms are also allowed for the students to demonstrate their critical thinking ability and creativity in the coursework. All the intended learning outcomes will be evaluated in the final examination.


Class contact:

Lectures 21 Hrs.

Tutorials 21 Hrs.


Reading 42 Hrs.

Coursework 36 Hrs.



Armstrong, G and P. Kolter. 2008. Marketing: An introduction (9th ed.) Prentice Hall. Choy, H.T. 1998. Real Estate Marketing. In Real Estate Development ed. Poon and Chan, PACE Estate Agency Ordinance Cap.511, Laws of Hong Kong. Bajtelsmit, Vickie and Elaine Worzala. 1997. Adversarial brokerage in residential real estate transactions: The impact of separate buyer representation. Journal of Real Estate Research. 14(1/2):65-75. Worzala E. et. al. 2002. E-commerce and retail property in the UK and USA. Journal of property investment and finance. 20(2):142-58.

Raftery, J. and G. Runeson. 1997. Money illusion in consumer perception of housing transactions. Journal of Property Valuation & Investion. 16(2): 175-84. Tang, B.S., S.W. Wong and S.C. Liu. 2006. Property agents, housing markets and housing services in transitional urban China. Housing Studies. 21(6):801-25. Estate Agents Authority website (standard forms, code of ethics and practice circulars etc.) Choy, Lennon and Edwin Chan. 2002. Extending Estate Agents Ordinance to non-domestic properties. Working paper series. Department of Building and Real Estate, The Hong Kong Polytechnic University.


Subject Code BRE431

Subject Title Housing Studies

Credit Value 3

Level 4


Nil

Objectives


1. Understand housing theories and their applications; examine housing policies, programmes, instruments and organizational arrangements in Hong Kong, the China Mainland and other countries.

2. Consider the implications of housing development in the social-economic context.



a. Apply housing theories and models. b. Analyse housing policies, programmes, instruments and organisational

arrangements in countries at different levels of economic development. c. Draw out the implications of housing development in Hong Kong and in major

cities in the China Mainland.


Housing Theories & Policies

Economic models and techniques underlying housing market analysis and their limitations. The broad scale and contents of housing policies in different countries and regions, and the economic rationales for public sector intervention, social and political aspects of housing policies.

Housing Organisation

The roles and function of housing suppliers and facilitators, including government, housing authorities, housing associations and other related bodies.

Housing Programmes and Instruments

Effective use of various housing programmes including rental housing and housing for sale, and also to understand the housing instruments such as rent rebate and rent certificates. Housing Development Development of housing in Hong Kong and the China Mainland.


Lectures will be used to introduce theories and models, and seminars will be used for the discussion and understanding of influence of housing policies on socio-economic development. Case studies and comparisons will be used.



% weighting


a b c d e

1. Coursework 50% √ √ √

2. Examination 50% √ √ √

Total 100 %


The coursework and examination assess learning outcomes (a) (b) and (c).


Class contact:

Lecture 21 Hrs.

Seminar/Tutorial 21 Hrs.





Recommended: Balchin, (1995), Housing Policy, London: Routledge. Castells, Kwok and Goh (1990) The Shek Kip Mei Syndrome: Economic Development and Public Housing in Hong Kong and Singapore, London: Pion Limited Hong Kong Housing Authority (1996), Housing for Millions: The Challenge Ahead, Housing Conference Report 20-23 May 1996. Wong, R.Y.C, (1998), On Privatizing Public Housing, Hong Kong: City University of Hong Kong Press. Supplementary: DiPasquale, and Somerville, C.T. (1995) “Do House Price Indexes Based on Transacting Units Represent the Entire Stock? Evidence from the American Housing Survey.” Journal of Housing Economics 4, 3. Hong Kong Housing Authority, (1996-1999) Hong Kong Housing Authority Annual Reports, various issues.

Hui C.M., Wong K.W., Yeung C.W., Howes R., Kong S.P., (1999) A Study of Welfare Housing Development in Southern China – Guangzhou and Shenzhen, Research Monograph, The Hong Kong Polytechnic University. Hui, C,M., Chan, P.C., Wong, K.W., Wong, K.C, & Leung, Y.P. (2000), The Supply of Land for Housing in Hong Kong, Research Monograph, The Hong Kong Polytechnic University.

Institute of Housing (1991), Housing Finance, The Institute of Housing (Services) Ltd. Miles, David (1994), Housing Financial Markets and the Wider Economy, New York: Wiley. Wong, K.W., Yeung, C.W. and Howes, R. (1995), A Comparative Study of Affordable Housing Development in the United Kingdom, Hong Kong and the People’s Republic of China, Research Monograph, The Hong Kong Polytechnic University. Wong K.W., Yeung C.W., Hui C.M., Howes R., and Kong S.P., (1998) A Study of Welfare Housing Development in Major Cities in China, Research Monograph, The Hong Kong Polytechnic University. Wong K.W., Hui C,M., Li S.R., Howes R., and Wu M., (2001) A Study of Manufactured Affordable Housing in Chongqing, Research Monograph. The Hong Kong Polytechnic University. Yeung, Y.M. and Wong, T.K.Y. (ed) (2004) Fifty Years of Public Housing in Hong Kong - A Golden Jubilee Review and Appraisal, The Chinese University Press.


Subject Code BRE432

Subject Title Property Management II

Credit Value 3

Level 4



Objectives

1. To stimulate the students in tackling practical property management issues. 2. To enhance the abilities of the students in the interpretation of relevant

legislations and guidelines that related to property management. 3. To analyze property management standards of selected regions.



a. Evaluate the concepts, tools and techniques of property management operations.

b. Apply current legislative measures which affect property management in

maintenance, usage and taxation cases.

c. Apply the techniques of property management to solve complex management problems in both private and public sectors.

d. Explore the sources of conflicts between different types of stakeholders within

the economic and social environment and their remedies.

e. Possess knowledge of contemporary issues.


Legal framework of property management: Building Management Ordinance, Landlord and Tenant (Consolidation) Ordinance and Deed of Mutual Covenant. Financial framework of maintenance and capital expenditure for different types of building works, service and management charge implementation and analysis. Application of conflict management and human resources management to property management tasks and the development of property performance measurement systems. Wherever possible, case studies will be used to illustrate how management principles can be applied into property management practice.


Teaching will utilize problem based learning approach. Lectures will provide basic concepts to enhance students in future research. Tutorial sessions will be used to underpin and develop the learning established in the lecture by workshops on practical issues and seminars on key themes. Outside speakers will be invited to give talks on current property management practices in Hong Kong as well as other countries.



% weighting


a b c d e

1. Coursework 30%

2. Examinations 70%

Total 100 %


Students will be assessed through both coursework and examination. Coursework will consist of 1 term paper and problem solving assignments in the form of quiz. Both examination and coursework assess learning outcome a to e.


Class contact:

Lectures 21 Hrs.

Tutorials 21 Hrs.



Hrs.



Reading List: Recommended: Buildings Department (2002), “Building Maintenance Guidebook”, Hong Kong SAR Government Chiu, L.H.R. (2006), Professional Housing Management in Hong Kong, Hong Kong University Press Goo, S.H., and Lee, A., (2003) Land Law in Hong Kong, Butterworths Malcolm Merry (2003), “Hong Kong Tenancy Law”, Butterworths Mau, S.D., (2006), Hong Kong Legal Principles: Important Topics for Students and Professionals, Hong Kong University Press Paul Kent, Malcolm Merry and Megan Walters (2002), “Building Management in Hong Kong”, Butterworths

Robert C. Kyle (2000), “Property Management”, 6e, Dearborn Financial Publishing Sihombing, J., and Wilkinson, M., (2002) A Student’s Guide to Hong Kong Conveyancing, Butterworths Supplementary: Geltner, D and Miller, N. G. (2001), “ Commercial Real Estate Analysis and Investment”, Prentice Hall Joseph W. DeCarlo, (1997), “Property Management”, Prentice Hall. Corgel, John B. (2001), “Real Estate Perspectives: An Introduction to Real Estate”, 4e, McGraw-Hill David Flux, (2005), “Hong Kong Taxation: Law & Practice (2008-09 Edition)”, The Chinese University Press


Subject Code BRE435

Subject Title Design, Adaptation and Conversion

Credit Value 3

Level 4


BRE391

Objectives

To equip students with the skills necessary to undertake the conversion to existing buildings.



1. Identify problems and constraints in the course of design for conversion and adaptation work.

2. Apply the knowledge and techniques to extend the useful life and economic return of Hong Kong buildings by means of conversion and adaptation.

3. Understand the concepts of economic and physical obsolescence for buildings for evaluation of their impacts on process of conversion work.

4. Comply with the local statutory requirements in the course of adaptation and conversion to existing buildings.

5. Use the project management and contract administration techniques for conversion and adaptation practice.


1. The design and structural considerations and implications that affect the conversion, improvement and adaptation work on existing buildings in relation to users requirements.

2. The physical and economical considerations that determine the viability and feasibility of conversion or adaptation of existing buildings.

3. Relevant legislation controlling the conversion and adaptation work of existing buildings including those of architectural and historical nature.

4. The special considerations of planning the project management and contract administration for conversion and adaptation work.

5. Special considerations for the conversion and adaptation work of buildings of architectural and historical interest.


The subject involves both theoretical and practical approaches in local context relating to project work and tutorial assignments, such as lectures, seminars, case studies, site visits, criticism of presentations and projects by peer groups and practicing professionals and etc. Some of them will be delivered by prominent professional practitioners.


The focus of assessment is on the practical skills associated with solving the problems of adapting buildings by integrating the key learning outcomes and will therefore use case studies. The subject will be assessed by 2 pieces of coursework including project work and tutorial assignments. One will be on project basis (70% of coursework) and the other will be on written assignment (30% of coursework).


% weighting


a b c d e f g

1. Project work 35 √ √ √ √ √ √ √

2. Continuous assessment

15 √ √ √ √ √

3. Examination 50 √ √ √ √

Total 100 %


(a) Appropriate report structure. (b) Participation and contribution. (c) Relevant focus and depth. (d) Analysis, synthesis and technical competence of design and construction. (e) Logic of explanation. (f) Relevance and clarity of sketches and drawings. (g) Communication skills


Class contact:

Lecture 21 Hrs.

Tutorial 21 Hrs.



Project and seminar topic preparation 40 Hrs.



Hong Kong Government, Building (Planning) Regulations, latest Edition, Government Printer. Catt, R. & Catt, S. (1981) Conversion, Improvement and Extension of Buildings, London: Estate Gazette. Markus, Thomas A, (1979), Building Conversion and Rehabilitation: Designing for Change in Building Use, London: Butterworths. Highfield, David (1987), Rehabilitation and Re-use of Old Buildings, Spon. Cantacuzino, Sherban, (1975), New Uses for Old Buildings, Architectural Press.


Subject Code BRE436

Subject Title Applied Property Valuation

Credit Value 3

Level 4


BRE315

Objectives

1. To stimulate the students in tackling practical valuation issues. 2. To enhance the abilities of the students in the interpretation of relevant

legislations and guidelines that related to property valuation.

3. To analyze valuation standards of selected overseas countries.



a. Explore the effects of land administrative measures and land tenure on property value.

b. Apply current legislative measures which affect property value and valuation

approaches in resumption, modification and taxation cases.

c. Apply the techniques of valuation to appraise, analyze and solve complex valuation problems in both private and public sectors.

d. Explore the sources of international valuation standards and their importance.

e. Possess knowledge of contemporary issues.


Land administrative measures and land tenure in Hong Kong. Valuation of development land. Valuation for lease modification and lease exchange Valuation for resumption purposes. Valuation for taxation purposes Asset Valuation


This subject is aimed at developing the students’ ability to appraise and solve advanced statutory valuation problems. Lectures will be used to highlight the various valuation approaches and the current statutory provisions affecting development and value of property. Case studies will be employed as illustrations, wherever possible. Tutorials will be used by the lecturer and students to discuss valuation problems while seminars provide suitable forums for presentation by the students. Senior professionals may also be invited f to give talks on specific valuation topics and share their experience with the students.



% weighting


a b c d e

1. Coursework 50%

2. Examinations 50%

Total 100 %


Students will be assessed through both coursework and examination. Coursework will consist of 1 term paper and 2 problem solving assignments in the form of quiz. Both examination and coursework assess learning outcome a to e.


Class contact:

Lectures 21 Hrs.

Tutorials 21 Hrs.



Hrs.



Reading List: Recommended: Cruden, G.N., (2009) Land Compensation and Valuation Law in Hong Kong, Butterworths HKIS, (1999) Hong Kong Guidance Notes on the Valuation of Assets Baum, A., & Sams, G., (1997) Statutory Valuations, Routledge Butler, D. & Richmond, D., (1990) Advanced Valuation, MacMillan Poon, N.T., & Chan, H.W., (1998) Real Estate Development in Hong Kong, PACE Supplementary: Nissim, R., (2008) Land Administration & Practice in Hong Kong, HKU Press

Rees, W.H. (ed), (1992) Valuation: Principles into Practice, Estates Gazette Hong Kong SAR Government: Building Ordinance (Cap 123) Land (Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap 28) Land Resumption Ordinance (Cap 124) Government Leases Ordinance (Cap 40) Government Rights (Re-entry and Vesting Remedies) Ordinance (Cap 126) Estate Duty Ordinance (Cap 111) Hong Kong Airport (Control of Obstruction) Ordinance (Cap 301) Landlord and Tenant (Consolidation) Ordinance (Cap 7) Lands Tribunal Ordinance (Cap 17) Mass Transit Railway (Land Resumption and Related Provisions) Ordinance (Cap 276) Rating Ordinance (Cap 116) Stamp Duty Ordinance (Cap 117) Roads (Works, Use and Compensation) Ordinance (Cap 370) Railways Ordinance (Cap 519) Land (Compulsory Sale For Redevelopment) Ordinance (Cap 545)


Subject Code BRE437

Subject Title Facilities Management

Credit Value 3

Level 4


Nil

Objectives

Introducing the concept of facilities management and its application in various organizations. The development of facility management, the challenges and opportunities for facility manager will be examined. Contemporary issues in benchmarking, facility audit, building performance assessment, corporate real estate portfolio management and finance will also be discussed.



a. Articulate management concepts within a variety of facility contexts. b. Assess the performance of a real estate facility across a wide range of

performance criteria. c. Evaluate of real estate performance decision.. d. Analyse the role of a facility manager, and apply key competences of a

manager on problem solving and decision making.


Basic concepts of facility management – an integrated approach The changing workplace – space utilization and intelligent buildings requirements Growth of facility management in Hong Kong – portfolios and institutions Facility audit and building performance assessment – criteria of assessment, HK-BEAM, IBI, etc. Information & knowledge management for facility management- its importance Intelligent Building- the development Sustainable facility management- optimizing financial, environmental & social factors Outsourcing – cost and benefit analysis, basic concepts of outsourcing Corporate real estate portfolio management – evaluation of real estate performance, decision of acquisition to dis-investment, asset management, real options approach.


Topics will be introduced by lectures with guidance to various reference materials. Case studies and assignments will be used to create an ‘action learning’ environment in which the students will critically evaluate practices and procedures for the achievement of quality. Small group discussion will enhance the information flow and evaluation process.

Lectures and seminars

In-class tutorials

Independent study Assignment Self-study



% weighting


a b c d

1.Assignment 1 20% √ √ √

2. Case study + presentation

30% √ √ √

3. Examination 50% √ √ √

Total 100 %


Assignment (20%) and case study with presentation (30%) assess the students’ ability to apply the theoretical concepts. Presentation assesses the students’ ability to communicate their ideas and project.

Examination (50%) tests the students’ ability to articulate the relationships through discussions and arguments, whilst application is tested via scenario-based questions.


Class contact:

Lectures / tutorials 42 Hrs.

Hrs.


Coursework assignment 24 Hrs.

Independent self-study 100Hrs.



Recommended: Alexander, K. (1996). Facilities Management: A Strategic Framework, in Alexander,

K. (ed). Facilities Management: Theory and Practice, E&FN Spon, UK, 2-13 Becker, F. and Sims, W. (1990). Assessing Building Performance, in Becker, F.D.

(ed). The Total Workplace: Facilities Management and the Elastic Organization, Van Nostrand Reinhold, NY, 261-270

Duffy, F. (1992). The Changing Workplace, Phaidon Finch, E. (1996). A Sea-change in Facilities Management, in Alexander, K. (ed).

Facilities Management: Theory and Practice, E&FN Spon, UK. Hamer, J. (1988). Facility Management Systems, Van Nostrand Reinhold HK-BEAM (1996a), An Environmental Assessment for New Air-conditioned Office

Premises, Version 1/96, Centre of Environmental Technology, Hong Kong. HK-BEAM (1996b), An Environmental Assessment for New Air-conditioned Office

Premises, Version 2/96, Centre of Environmental Technology, Hong Kong. HK-BEAM (1999), An Environmental Assessment for New Residential Buildings,

Version 3/99, Centre of Environmental Technology, Hong Kong. IFMA (1997), Benchmark III, International Facility Management Association,

Houston, Tex. IFMA, (1984). IFMA Research Report #1, IFMA, Houston IFMA, (1987). Facilities Benchmarks, IFMA, Houston IFMA, (1999). Outlook on Outsourcing, IFMA, Houston

Supplementary:

Chau, K.W., Leung, A.Y.T., Yiu, C.Y. and Wong, S.K. (2003). “Estimating the value

enhancement effects of refurbishment” (2003), Facilities, 21(1/2), p.13-19. Li, L.H. and Siu, A. (2001) “Privatising management services in subsidized housing in

Hong Kong”, Property Management, 19(1), 37-49. Preiser, W.F.E., Rabinowitz, Z. and White, E. (1988). Post-occupancy Evaluation,

Van Nostrand Reinhold, NY So, A.T.P. and Wong, K.C. (2002), “On the quantitative assessment of intelligent

buildings”, Facilities, 20(5/6), 208-16. Spedding, A. and Holmes, R. (1994). Facilities Management, in Spedding, A. (ed),

CIOB Handbook of Facilities Management, Longman, 1-8. Teicholz, E. ed. (2000). Facility Design and Management Handbook, McGraw-Hill,

NY. Vijverberg, G., (2002), Accommodation Functionality Assessment in Office Buildings,

Facilities, 20(3/4), 94-103.

Worthing, D. (1994). Strategic Property Management, in Spedding, A. (ed), CIOB Handbook of Facilities Management, Longman, 9-24.

Journals for references: Facilities Facility Management Journal IFMA News Property Management


Subject Code BRE438

Subject Title Property Management Practice

Credit Value 6

Level 4



Objectives

1. To develop critical investigation skills in solving problems in a professional context.

2. To apply the knowledge gained in different subject areas 3. To evaluate the property management process in multi-disciplinary context.



a. Formulate the property management strategies in an institutional context. b. Develop teamwork spirit as an effective approach to tackle a project and problem-

solving techniques. c. Apply property management techniques to ensure the efficient use and

maintenance of buildings. d. Evaluate the property management related contemporary issues.


Further to the integrated projects learnt in previous levels, a series of practice-based or problem-based property management projects will be set to replicate a situation which could be met in practice. The projects will require the students to relate communication skills, housing policy or management issues and integrate knowledge from pervious and current subject modules. Each project will include elements of multi-disciplinary and individual work. Sometimes the restrictions of the study environment will require the above learning arrangements to be modified.


The projects will provide a student centred problem-based learning approach in a professional or industrial setting. Project material will be co-ordinate at the started of each academic year to ensure quality and consistency of the project information given to the students.



% weighting


a b c d

1. Coursework 100%

Total 100 %


Students will be assessed through both coursework to assess learning outcome a to d.


Class contact:

Lectures

Tutorials



Hrs.



Reading List: Recommended: Real Estate and Property Management Journals, Databases, Statistics and Module Texts


Subject Code BRE439

Subject Title

Engineering Contract Procedure

Credit Value 3

Level 4


Nil

Objectives

Develop an understanding of the technological, practical, procedural, contractual and economic characteristics of engineering work including building services in building projects and civil engineering work.



a. Possess the knowledge of the technological practices of engineering work.

b. Understand the practices of procurement and contractual arrangements of engineering work.

c. Produce and evaluate the measurement and documentation of engineering work.

d. Appraise and apply the principle and practices of contractual procedures and administration in engineering work.

e. Communicate effectively with contractual negotiation skills.


1. Technological aspects of building services work and civil engineering work. 2. Cost appraisal and cost planning for building services and civil engineering

projects. 3. Procurement systems and contractual arrangements for building services and

civil engineering projects. 4. Documentation, measurement and valuation of building services and civil

engineering work.

5. Contract administration and procedure in building services and civil engineering projects.


Contract documentation and administration will form the main thrust of the course, to be underpinned on a comprehensive engineering work technologies and practices. Interactive lectures on the various technologies, practice and economic aspects will be conducted with a view of providing the background knowledge necessary for developing competence in documentation, procurement and administration in the field of engineering work. Interactive lecture and case studies will be utilized. Professional practitioners will be invited to facilitate problem based learning on different contract strategies in different projects. Tutorial sections will be provided to conduct systematic in discussions.



% weighting


a b c d e

1.Course Work 50% √ √ √ √ √

2. Examination 50% √ √ √ √ √

Total 100 %

Explanation of the appropriateness of the assessment methods in assessing the intended learning outcomes: Examination and coursework will constitute the 50% and 50% of the overall mark for the subject respectively. The coursework mark will be based on the assignments by producing documentation, seminar presentations and discussions. At least two assignments with equal contribution will be set. The assessment by examination will be based on a 2 hour examination. The coursework will be evaluated on; (i) a basic understanding of engineering work practices, economics of engineering work development, and its impact on the economy; (ii) a working knowledge of the contract documentation and administration of typical engineering work; (iii) a critical appraisal of alternative contract strategies, procedures and administration in engineering work.


Class contact:

Lecture 21 Hrs.

Tutorial / Seminar 21 Hrs.



Hrs.



Recommended: Wong K.D. (2008) Target Cost Contracting in Hong Kong – Chapter 12 of the book by PACE Publishing Ltd, namely “Contractual and Regulatory Innovations in Building and Real Estate” edited by Edwin Chan and Edward Yiu, Page 69 to 74, June 2008. Wong K.D. (1998) "Real Estate Development in Hong Kong" Chapter 12 Procurement & Tendering and Chapter 13 Contractual Arrangement and Construction Management, a book by PACE Publishing Limited 1998 ISBN 962-7723-09-6. HKIA/HKIS Standard Form of Building Contract 2005 Edition.

HKSAR Government General Conditions of Contract for Civil Engineering Works 1999 Editions HKSAR Government General Conditions of Contract for Electrical and Mechanical Engineering Works 1999 Editions HKSAR Government General Conditions of Contract for Design and Build Contracts 1999 Editions Ashworth, A (1994) Cost Studies of Buildings, Harlow: Longman Scientific & Technical. HKSMM4 (2005) Hong Kong Standard Method of Measurement for Building Services. Mayo-Chandler, Bryan (1980) Estimating for the Engineering Services, London: The Electrical Contractors Association. Seeley, Ivor H (1984) Building Economics: Appraisal & Control of Building Design, London: Macmillan. Atkinson, A.V., (1985) Engineering Contract Administration, Hutchinson Barnes, M., (Editor)(1990), Financial Control, Thomas Telford Cooper, D.F., (1987) Risk Analysis for Large Projects, Wiley Supplementary: Grounds, J. (1991) Effective Engineering Services Cost Management. The Building Economist 23(June),20-21. Kinlay & Bayley (1985) Quantity surveyors in engineering projects. The Building Economist 24 (2), 2-3. Mills, Anthony (1991) The value of cost planning and bills of quantities. The Building Economist 24(1),14-17. Ott, A.J. (1989) Quantity surveyors in specialist services. The Building Economist 28 (1), 18-19. Redding, J. (1987) Building services and the challenge of bills of Quantities.The Building Economist 25(4)9-10. Balke, L., (1989) Civil Engineer’s Reference Book, Butterworths Bunni, N.G., (1991) The FIDIC Form of Contract, the fourth edition of the red book, BSP Professional. Government of Hong Kong, (1988) SMM for Civil Engineering Works, Hong Kong Government Printer Government of Hong Kong, (1988) Sub-contract Articles of Agreement and Conditions for Civil Engineering Works, Hong Kong Government Printer ICE Civil Engineering Standard Method of Measurement 3 Third Edition, Thomas Telford, London 1991

ICE Civil Engineering Standard Method of Measurement 3 Examples

Wong and Tse (1998) “A Study of Quantity Surveying Practices in the Building Services Sector of Hong Kong” Asia Pacific Building and Construction Management Journal, Page 9 - Page 15 Volume Four December 1998 ISSN 1024-9540.

Wong K.D. (2006) “The application of a computerized financial control system for the decision support of target cost contracts”, ITcon Vol. 11, Special Issue Decision Support Systems for Infrastructure Management , Page. 257-268, http://www.itcon.org/2006/19 Wong A K D (2006)


Subject Code BRE440

Subject Title Cost and Value Management

Credit Value 3

Level 4


BRE347 or equivalent

Objectives

This subject is intended to: Focus on both theories and applications of value management in different phases

of a development, Develop an appreciation for what can be accomplished using the techniques of

VM and applied creativity, and Identify management and technical issues that can be solved or addressed using

the techniques of VM and critical thinking.



a. Comprehend and identify issue and problems concerning land, property and construction at project level

b. Comprehend and identify issue and problems concerning land, property and construction at corporate level

c. Formulate and implement strategies, policies and solutions for sustainable development and construction

d. Possess skills to identify, analyse and solve problems e. Communicate effectively


Notion of value: value, function and cost. Value management basics: historical development; project selection (types, values, and timing); alternative workshop approaches (e.g. the 40-hour job plan, the Charette, the VM audit, and the contractor's change proposal). Value management methodology: - VM job plan (information, analysis, creativity, evaluation, development, proposal); function analysis, group dynamics, creativity, and problem-solving skills Life cycle costing for construction projects Comparison of value management and traditional cost management techniques. Case studies of the practice of value management in Hong Kong and overseas.


Interactive lectures with discussions and Q&A to test students understanding before starting a new topic

Use of videos to introduce concepts and pose discussions during tutorials Quiz to test students understand on this subject Small team projects to simulate real-life work settings Sharing and discussions in tutorials Use workshop settings to facilitate students understanding of value management

concepts Introduce both local and overseas real-life case studies to facilitate understanding

and appreciation of real-life practices



% weighting


a b c d e

Small team project 25% √ √ √ √ √

Quiz 25% √ √ √


Total 100 %


The team project brief resembled real-life scenario but modified to suite students’ level. The project asked the students to design and facilitate a value management workshop for a project and they also need to bid for the project from the perspective of a professional service firm. Finally, students were asked to identify, analyse and solve problems that they encountered in that particular project. Since they are acting as professional advisor for the client/owner, they need to possess skills that they can communicate effectively to their client. At the conclusion of this subject, all students had achieved the intended subject learning outcomes assessed through the quiz, team project and examinations.


Class contact:

Lectures 21 Hrs.

Seminars 21 Hrs.


Self study materials 20 Hrs.

Assignments/Quiz Preparation 58 Hrs.



Akiyama, K. (1991), Function Analysis: Systematic Improvement of Quality and Performance, Productivity Press. Ashworth, A. (2010), Cost Studies of Buildings, Pearson. Connaughton, J.N. (1996), Value Management in Construction: A Client's Guide, Construction Industry Research and Information Association. Dell'Isola, A.J. (1997), Value Engineering: Practical Applications - for Design, Construction, Maintenance & Operations, R.S. Means Company. Fong, P.S.W. et al (1998), Applications of Value Management in the Construction Industry in Hong Kong, Dept. of Building & Real Estate, The Hong Kong Polytechnic University. Fowler, T.C. (1990), Value Analysis in Design, Van Nostrand Reinhold.

Hayden, G.W. (1996), Value Engineering of Building Services, Building Services Research and Information Association. Institution of Civil Engineers (1996), Creating Value in Engineering, Thomas Telford. Kelly, J. and Male, S. (1993), Value Management in Design and Construction: The Economic Management of Projects, E & F N Spon. Kirk, S. J. and Dell'Isola, A. J. (1995), Life Cycle Costing for Design Professionals, McGraw-Hill. Norton, B.R. (1995), Value Management in Construction: A Practical Guide, Macmillan. Palmer, A. (1992), A Comparison of US Value Engineering with British Cost Control Procedures, Value and the Client, Surveyors Publications. Park, R.J. (1999), Value Engineering: A Plan for Invention, St. Lucie Press. Shen Q.P. and Liu G.W. (2003) Critical success factors for value management studies in construction, Journal of Construction Engineering and Management, American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE), 129(5), 485-491. Various materials provided in the designated e-learning management system.


Subject Code BRE441

Subject Title Professional Studies

Credit Value 5

Level 4


BRE346

Objectives

To encourage critical investigation, analysis and synthesis in solving problems in the surveying professional context.

To provide an environment for the student to develop skills in identifying and solving problems and allows the integration of knowledge gained in separate subject areas.

To promote the students’ understanding of interdisciplinary nature of the development process and develops team working.



1. Understand the major issues involved in the development process for application

and compliance. 2. Appropriate the value of teamwork as an approach to tackle a project and problem-

solving.

3. Integrate knowledge and skills acquired in various subject areas and to solve problems in the surveying professional context.


A series of property related project scenarios will be set to replicate a situation which could be met in practice. Sometimes the restrictions of the study environment will require the scenario to be modified. The projects will require the students to make use of and integrate knowledge learnt from previous and current subject modules. Each project will include an element of group and individual work gears towards surveying professional disciplines. The projects require students to develop solutions creatively and to present recommendations systematically.


The projects will provide a student centered problem-based learning approach in a professional or industrial setting. The projects will be delivered by supervisors together with visiting lecturers who are practicing professionals in the fields, with overall co-ordination by one member of staff to ensure continuity and relevance of project subject matter. Project material will be coordinated at the start of each academic year to ensure quality and consistency of the project information given to the students. Supervision and consultation will be made available throughout the entire semester period.


The subject will be assessed based on coursework only. Students have to produce two written reports (Interim Report and Final Report) covering written text, diagrams/ drawings, photographs, design calculations, tables and charts necessary for explanation and illustration wherever appropriate. Also, supervisors will be assigned for each group, and in regular interval, they will be asked to report to their supervisors on the progress of work. Both aggregating grades and assigning grades are given to group effort and individual contribution in a group. This is to ensure that each student has his/her contribution to the project.


% weighting


a b c d e f

1. Project work 80 √ √ √ √ √ √

2. Continuous assessment

20 √ √ √ √

Total 100 %


(a) Appropriate report structure. (b) Relevant focus and depth. (c) Analysis, synthesis and technical competence of construction methods. (d) Logic of explanation. (e) Relevance and clarity of sketches. (f) Communication linkage amongst different stakeholders.


Class contact:

Supervision and consultation 28 Hrs.

Project discussion and evaluation 126 Hrs.



Background study and outline planning 60 Hrs.



Construction Journals, Databases, Statistics and Subject Module Texts


Subject Code BRE442

Subject Title Forecasting & Competition in the Built Environment

Credit Value 3

Level 4


BRE345

Objectives

This subject intended to help students acquire knowledge and skills to forecast and compete for work in the built environment.



1. Select and employ appropriate techniques in price forecasting and strategies for improving survival and profitability.

2. Recognise the usefulness and limitations of competition and forecasting models.

3. Integrate risk management techniques with competition and forecasting models.

4. Analyse competitive performance and forecasting accuracy.

5. Draw conclusions and make recommendations on improving competitive performance and forecasting accuracy.


Competition

Auction theory: relationship between construction contract bidding, competitive fee bidding and land auctions.

Strategic management and competitive advantage: diversification; international contracting.

The competitive environment competition processes: level of competition; market conditions: survival and profitability; competitor analysis, decision to compete; pricing policy; competition strategy; risk in competing.

Monitoring competition performance: competitiveness and consistency in competing for construction contracts; market share and competitiveness.

Strategies for improving competitive advantage; subcontractor selection strategies.

Client objectives: negotiation; competitor prequalification, competition assessment, and award of contract.

Strategies for improving competitor prequalification.

Forecasting

Relationship between competition, bidding and forecasting

Designers’ and contractors’ approaches to forecasting; resume of forecasting techniques; deterministic and nondeterministic approaches to forecasting; risk in forecasting.

Accuracy and reliability of forecasts: factors affecting accuracy of forecasts; feedback in forecasting.


Lectures introduce the concepts and approaches in practice followed by discussion on background reading and forecasting and/or bidding tasks in the tutorials. In the tutorials, the students will be required to produce a forecast and/or bid price, justifying how they arrived at the forecast/bid price.



% weightin

g


1 2 3 4 5

Tutorial tasks 40% √ √ √

Examination 60% √ √ √

Total 100 %


Class contact:

Lectures 21 Hrs.

Tutorials 21 Hrs.






Ashworth A. (1994) Cost Studies of Buildings, Longman; Harlow

Brook M. (2004) Estimating and Tendering for Construction Work, Butterworth Heineman, Oxford

Cartlidge D. (2004) Procurement of Built Assets, Elsevier Oxford

Ferry D. and Brandon P.S. (1999) Cost Planning of Buildings, Blackwell Science, Oxford

Park W.R. & Chapin W.B. (1992) Construction Bidding: Pricing for Profit. John Wiley & Sons, New York

Seeley I. (1996) Building Economics, Macmillan, Basingstoke

Walker I. and Wilkie R. (2002) Commercial Management in Construction, Blackwell Oxford


Subject Code BRE450

Subject Title Building Maintenance for Sustainability

Credit Value 3

Level 4

Pre-requisite /

Co-requisite/

Exclusion

BRE212 (preferably) or BRE391 or equivalent/ Nil/ BRE326

Objectives

1. equip students with the practical knowledge and skills in their future roles as building construction and maintenance professionals

2. provide students an understanding and appreciation of sustainable

construction/building

3. provide students an understanding that sustainability can be achieved by not only constructing sustainable new buildings but also by effective maintenance and repair of existing buildings (i.e. by prolonging their service life through upholding/enhancing their integrity, safety, durability and hygiene). (This subject focuses on the aspects of building structures/elements/fabrics/materials and not building services systems that are installed inside.)

4. provide students an understanding that building energy-wise sustainability can be enhanced through appropriate retrofitting



Part A (Dr. Steven Tsang)

a) understand that CM acts as a precursor for effective maintenance and repair b) Understand that RT and ST are effective repairs/remedies to building defects c) Understand the fundamental physical principles of and conduct advanced Condition

Monitoring (CM), Rehabilitation Techniques (RT) and Strengthening Techniques (ST) on buildings and their fabrics (typical high-rise RC buildings)

d) Acquire the practical skills in undertaking measurement, acquiring data in the aspects of building integrity, safety and energy performance (with occasional specialist technical support in the cases of some very sophisticated equipment) as well as in the applications of RT and ST

e) conduct building pathology and defect diagnostics by interpreting appropriately data/charts/visual images obtained by the equipment with due regards paid to the strength, weakness and limitations of each technique

f) enhance a building’s energy-wise sustainability through retrofitting of advanced glass or films technologies as well as low-energy consuming lighting

Part B (by another member of the teaching team or invited speakers)

g) understand fundamental principles and various attributes of sustainability of the built environment in balancing economic, environmental and social objectives

h) understand current legislations, regulations, assessment schemes relating to building sustainability in the aspects of repair and maintenance

i) make informed selection of construction materials with the awareness of embodied energy and carbon contents of construction materials


Need of sustainability in global and local context - issues and impacts on environmental, economic and social sectors, Kyoto Protocol. Principle of construction sustainability: concepts and principles, roles and responsibilities of building professionals. Strategy for sustainable construction:

active measures: o design /construction stages: green building / materials, HKBEAM,

BREEAM, LEED, BHHI o building in use : importance of building maintenance

passive measures:

o legislations and regulations (e.g. on thermal, ventilation, electricity, etc.) o energy auditing and life cycle assessment

o inspection for regular maintenance

Building maintenance for sustainability:

choices of building materials - application, re-use and recycling; embodied energy and carbon contents of construction materials

rehabilitation condition appraisal, building inspection - Mandatory Building Inspection Scheme in

Hong Kong different building defects diagnostic techniques and their applications and

subsequent remedial maintenance work

Retrofitting using advanced materials and technologies:

use advanced glazing (glass technologies) and solar-energy-reducing films

use advanced energy-reducing lighting

use repair/replacement materials with appropriate balance regarding embodied energy and carbon contents


The subject covers theoretical, conceptual, statutory as well as practical issues in building maintenance for sustainability. Much of these will be taught in lectures and reinforced in tutorials and seminars. Laboratory classes and practical tests will cover the experimental and practical aspects.

Interactive lecture A series of laboratory demonstrations practical and workshop (guided) hands-on experience as reinforcement of knowledge by undertaking Group Projects Peer learning from other Groups during project Viva and presentation


Assessed 100% by coursework and no written examination. Part A:


% weighting


a b c d e f

Group Project Report 40% √ √ √ √ √ √

Viva 20% √ √ √ √ √ √

individual reflective Journal on the group project

10% √ √ √ √ √ √

Total 70% (Each Group is expected to perform in the respective Group Projects on either 2 of the 3 areas of CM, RT, ST)

Part B:


% weighting


g h i

class assignments/

class tests or quizzes

10% √ √ √

Seminar Paper/essay 20% √ √ √

Total 30%



Class contact:

Lecture 21 Hrs.

TU/LAB/ FIELD TEST 10.5/ 4.5 /3.0 Hrs.

Viva and Presentation 3 Hrs.


Practical work 38 Hrs.

Self Study and reading 40 Hrs.



Sustainability of Construction: CIB (1998), Sustainable development and the future of construction, CIB report publication 225, United States of America. Claude-Alain Roulet, Flourentzos Flourentzou, Flavio Foradini, Philomena Bluyssen, Chrit Cox, Claire Aizlewood (2006), Multicriteria analysis of health, comfort and energy efficiency in buildings, Building Research & Information, Volume 34, Issue 5 September 2006 , pages 475 – 482. Hill, R.C. and Bowen, P.A. (1997). Sustainable construction: principles and a framework for attainment, Construction Management and Economics, 1997(15), pp. 223-239. Raymond J. Cole, Shared markets: coexisting building environmental assessment methods, Building Research & Information, Volume 34, Issue 4 July 2006, pages 357 – 371. Shen, L. Y., Lu, W. S., Yao, H., and Wu, D. H. (2005b). ‘An IT supported scoring method for measuring the environmental performance of construction activities’, Automation in Construction, AIC Special Issue, 14 (2005), pp. 297-309. Sjostrom, C. and Bakens, W. (1999). Sustainable construction: Why, how, and what, Building Research & Information, Vol. 27(6), pp. 347-353. W.L. Lee, J. Burnett (2008), Benchmarking energy use assessment of HK-BEAM, BREEAM and LEED, Building and Environment, Volume 43, Issue 11, November 2008, Pages 1882-1891. Warren L. Paul, Peter A. Taylor (2008), A comparison of occupant comfort and satisfaction between a green building and a conventional building, Building and Environment, Pages 1858-1870. WCED (World Commission on Environment and Development), (1987). Our common future, Oxford University Press, 1-23. MOC (1999). A guide to sustainable development construction in China, Ministry of Construction, 27-30. Sustainability of materials: Tables of Embodied Energy and Embodied Carbon Dioxide (ECO2). Cole, R.J. and Kernan, P.C. (1996), Life-Cycle Energy Use in Office Buildings, Building and Environment, Vol. 31, No. 4, pp. 307-317. Comparing the Environmental Effects of Building Systems, Wood the Renewable Resource Case Study No.4, Canadian Wood Council, Ottawa, 1997. The ECO2 figures for GEN 1, RC32/40 and RC40/50 were derived using industry agreed representative figures for cementitious materials, aggregates, reinforcement, admixtures and an appropriate figure for water. BRE Environmental Profiles database, Building Research Establishment (BRE), 2006

Building Diagnostic or Non-destructive Testing (NDT) Techniques: HKCI: TM1 ‘Test Method for Detection of Building Surface Defect by Infrared thermography’. Published by the Hong Kong Institute of Concrete (HKCI), May 2009. (Inspection copy available at CARE) HKCI: TM2 ‘Test Method for Determination of Concrete Cover and Distribution of Steel rebar by Surface Penetration Radar’. Published by the Hong Kong Institute of Concrete (HKCI), May 2009. (Inspection copy available at CARE). Guide Book on Non-destructive Testing of Concrete Structures, Published by IAEA, Vienna, 2002, IAEA-TCS-17, ISBN-1018-6518. Malhotra V. Mohan and Carino Nicholas J. Handbook of Non-destructive Testing of Concrete, CRC Press 2004, Print ISBN: 978-0-8493-1485-8, eBook ISBN: 978-1-4200-4005-0 Trade Catalogue of Equipment (Mostly available on the internet of the Manufacturer’s web-site). ACI 546R-04 - Concrete Repair Guide, Published by the American Concrete Institute. ACI - Concrete Repair Manual Volume 1 and 2- 3rd Edition, Published by American Concrete Institute, ISBN:13-978-0-87031-262-5.. (Inspection copy available at CARE). Published papers on Building Diagnostic or Non-destructive Testing (NDT) Techniques: LAI W.L., KOU S.C., POON C.S., TSANG W.F., LAI C.C. "Effects of elevated water temperatures on interfacial delaminations, failure modes and shear strength in externally-bonded CFRP-concrete beams using infrared thermography, gray-scale images and direct shear test". CONSTRUCTION AND BUILDING MATERIALS, Vol. 23, No. 10, pp.3152-3160 (October 2009) (http://www.sciencedirect.com/science?_ob=ArticleURL&_udi=B6V2G-4WTRWJY-1&_user=217827&_origUdi=B6TWF) LAI W.L., KOU S.C., POON C.S., TSANG W.F., LAI C.C "Characterization of the deterioration of externally bonded CFRP-concrete composites using quantitative infrared thermography". CEMENT AND CONCRETE COMPOSITES, pp.999-9999 (2010) (http://www.sciencedirect.com/science?_ob=MImg&_imagekey=B6TWF-4YPPPYB-1-R&_cdi=5561&_user=217827&_pi) (27 March 2010) LAI W.L., KOU S.C., TSANG W.F., POON C.S. "Characterization of concrete properties from dielectric properties using ground penetrating radar". CEMENT AND CONCRETE RESEARCH, Vol. 39, No. 8, pp.687-695 (2009) (http://www.sciencedirect.com/science?_ob=ArticleURL&_udi=B6TWG-4WFPPJR-2&_user=107833&_rdoc=1&_fmt=&) LAI, W.L., KOU, S.C., POON, C.S., TSANG, W.F., NG, S.P., HUNG, Y.Y. "Characterization of Flaws Embedded in Externally Bonded CFRP on Concrete Beams by Infrared Thermography and Shearography". Journal of Nondestructive Evaluation, Vol. Volume 28, No. Issue1 , pp.Page 27-35 ((2009)

TSANG, Steven Wai Fan “Structural Integrity Assessment of Building Components Having Been Exposed to Fire Using Modal Forced Vibration Testing". In Brian S. Neale, ed., Fourth International Conference on Forensic Engineering, London , 2-4 December 2008., Thomas Telford Ltd, UK (07/01/2009) (http://www.thomastelford.com/books/bookshop_main.asp?ISBN=9780727736130) (ISBN: 9780727736130) TSANG, Steven Wai Fan "Correct Determination of Dielectrics of Soils as A Precursor For Correct Ranging of Buried Utilities". First International Conference on Utility and Safety ICUMAS 2009, Hong Kong, 1-4 March 2009, HK Utility Research Center, Hong Kong (2009) (http://www.cast.org.cn/n435777/n435792/n435854/n435951/appendix/200852310248.pdf) LAI W L, TSANG W F "Characterization of pore systems of air/water-cured concrete using ground penetrating radar (GPR) through continuous water injection)". Construction and Building Materials, Vol. March 2008 (2008) (http://www.highbeam.com/doc/1G1-175109513.html) LAI W L, TSANG W F "Characterization of pore systems of air/water-cured concrete using ground penetrating radar (GPR) through continuous water injection)". Construction and Building Materials, Vol. March 2008 (2008) (http://www.highbeam.com/doc/1G1-175109513.html) POON C.S., KOU S.C., TENG J.G., LAI W.L., TSANG W.F., LAI C.C. "Quantitative study on bond behavior between fiber-reinforced polymer (FRP) and concrete interface using Infra-Red Thermography (IRT)". The First Asia-Pacific Conference on FRP in Structures, Hong Kong, December 2007, pp.717-722 (2007) POON, C.S., KOU, S.C., TENG, J.G., LAI, W.L., TSANG, W.F., LAI, C.C. "Quantitative Study on Bond Behavior between Fiber-reinforced Polymer (FRP) and Concrete Interface Using Infra-red Thermography (IRT)". The First Asia-Pacific Conference on FRP in Structures, HK, December 2007 (2007) CHAN, F.W.Y., TSANG, S.W.F. "Quality Assurance of Concrete Foundation Elements using an Ultrasonic Evaluation Technique". Insight, Vol. 48, No. 6, pp.360-367 (2006) HO, S. L., TSANG, W.F., LEE, K.K., LEE, K.Y., LAI, W.L., TAM, H.Y., HO, T.K. "Monitoring of the Vertical Movement of Rail Sleepers with the Passage of Trains". International Conference on Railway Condition Monitoring, Birmingham, UK,, 29 - 30 November 2006 (2006) LAI W. L., TSANG W. F., FANG H., XIAO D. "Experimental determination of bulk dielectric properties and porosity of porous asphalt and soils using GPR and a cyclic moisture variation technique". Geophysics, Vol. 71, No. 4, pp.K93-K102 (July-August 2006) LAI, W. L, TSANG, W. F. "Experimental Evaluation of Honeycombed Concrete by Surface Penetrating Radar". The ASNT Fall Conference and Exhibition, Columbus, Ohio, USA, October 17-21, 2005 , pp.435-438 (2005) LAI, W. L., TSANG, W. F. "Characterization of Soil Texture by Dielectric Constant using Ground Penetrating Radar and Cyclic Variation of Moisture Content of Soils". The SEG International Exposition and Seventy-Fifth Annual Meeting, the George R. Brown Convention Center, Houston, Texas, USA, 6-11 November 2005, pp.1192-1195 (2005)

CHAN, FIONA W Y, TSANG, STEVEN W F "Effects of Different Sonic Access Tube Materials on the Signal Strength of Ultrasonic Waves in the Cross-hole Sonic Logging Technique". HKIE Transactions, Vol. 12, No. 2, pp.1-7 (2005) TSANG W.F., CHAN F.W.Y "Earth Echo Sounding Technique for Quality Control of Drilled Shaft Foundations". INSIGHT Journal of the British Institute of Non-Destructive Testing (BINDT), Vol. 46, No. 1, pp.17-22 (January 2004) TSANG W.F., LAI W.L., CHAN W.Y. "A Preliminary Study of Data Fusion Techniques (DFTs) on Evaluation of Defective Concrete by Pulsed Radar and Ultrasonic Systems". Conference Proceedings of the British Institute of Non-Destructive Testing, NDT, UK, (2003) TSANG W.F., CHU Y.L. "Structural Integrity Assessment of Reinforced Concrete Balcony by Instrumented Impact Hammer Technique". Conference Proceedings of the British Institute of Non-Destructive Testing, NDT, UK, (2003) TSANG W.F., CHAN F.W.Y. “The Application of an In-house Multiple Referencing System (MRS) for Evaluation of Foundation Concrete Elements”. Conference Proceedings of the British Institute of Non-Destructive Testing, NDT, UK, (2003)


Subject Code BRE453

Subject Title Building Services II

Credit Value 3

Level 4


BRE349 Nil Nil

Objectives

1. Provide further knowledge of building services engineering systems, including the ventilation and air conditioning system, acoustics and vibration control systems, and information systems;

2. Understand the importance of the quality of installation and proper co-ordination

on the overall performance and maintainability of buildings; 3. Provide students an understanding that sustainability can be achieved by

environmental-friendly design of building services systems.


Students will demonstrate their ability to:- a. Understand the principles and various attributes of ventilation and air conditioning

systems; b. Have an understanding of the importance of energy conservation in buildings for

environmental protection, and the use of renewable resources in buildings for sustainability;

c. Perform analyses on acoustic and vibration control of building services systems; d. Have an understanding of the concepts of green buildings, intelligent building,

building automation, and information system of buildings; e. Properly co-ordinate the installation, commissioning and maintenance of various

building services systems; and perform life-cycle cost analysis for selection of appropriate building services systems.


Integrated design: factors affecting selection of services/systems. Provision of space in the building to accommodate building services. Structural integrity of building services equipment. Sound and vibration attenuation features. Provisions for safe operation and maintenance. Building services engineering system for intelligent buildings: introduction to information transmission systems, communication and protection system, call systems, public address system and Building automation/management systems. The concepts and importance of energy conservation and energy efficiency for environmental protection, environmental protection and maintenance of building services systems, selection of environmentally friendly products and materials used in building services systems.

Co-ordination and management of design and installation of various building services systems during the design and construction stages in particular the builder’s works; and testing and commissioning of building services systems. Indoor air quality and sick building syndrome. The impacts of life-cycle-cost on planning and implementation. An appreciation of capital and operating costs. Implication of low cost inefficient equipment, poor installation, inadequate access for maintenance.


The subject can be divided into three main parts; introduction to complex building services systems; management, co-ordination, installation and maintenance of the building services systems; and introduction to sustainable buildings and environmental-friendly design of building services systems. A “case oriented” approach is to be adopted for teaching the subject; A number of up-to-date case studies on building services systems of high-rise buildings are used to illustrate the current state-of-the-art on the design and operation of complex building service systems. Where applicable, practitioners from the industries will be invited to present lecture on the management of the building services installations and on operation and maintenance of building services systems. The subject will be delivered through lectures, laboratories (where applicable) and small groups tutorials. The lectures and laboratories aim at introducing theories, concepts and practices whereas tutorials are for in-depth small group discussions.



% weighting


a b c d e

1. Coursework 30 √ √ √ √ √

2. Examination 70 √ √ √ √ √

Total 100 %


Examination and coursework will contribute 70% and 30% of the overall mark for the subject respectively. The coursework mark will be based on the assessments of assignments, presentations, and in-class tests. One of the assignments will be in the form of case study; students will be asked to carry out a critical investigation of the building services systems of a building of their choice and to comment on the systems adopted, the installation and integration with other systems. Another assignment will be on engineering analysis of building services systems. Both the coursework and examination assessment methods are intended to ensure the students achieve the learning objectives set, and assist learning through constructive feedback.


Class contact:

Lectures 21 Hrs.

Tutorials 21 Hrs.


78 Hrs.

Hrs.



Reading List: Recommended: Stein B. Reynolds J.S. & McGuinness W.J. (1986) Mechanical and Electrical Equipment for Buildings, 7th Edition, Volume 1 & 2, John Wiley & Sons Chadderton D.V. (1991) Building Services Engineering, E. & F.N. Spon Hassan G. (1996) Building Services, Macmillan Greeno R. (1996) Building Services and Design, Longman Barton P.K. (1983) Building Services Integration, E & F.N. Spon CIBSE (1994) Building Services Maintenance Management, CIBSE Supplementary: Hall F. (1988) Essential Building Services & Equipment, Newnes Atkin B. (1993) Intelligent Buildings: Application of IT and Building Automation to High Technology Construction Projects, Unicom Seminars, England


Subject Code BRE477

Subject Title Dissertation

Credit Value 6

Level 4


BRE377

Objectives

The aim of the Dissertation is to provide students with the opportunity of demonstrating research competence by providing them with a vehicle through which they can reveal a full understanding and evaluation of an issue or a topic that they choose to investigate. The issue or the topic should be relevant to the construction and real estate industry and of particular concern to Hong Kong and its neighbouring environments. The study might include an extensive literature review; the discovery, development or enhancement of a research model; the development of a measurement instrument, such as a questionnaire; or the comparison of statistical models for the evaluation of existing data. Where appropriate, students might join a departmental research group where they would be able to assist staff by working in a particular field of study.


Upon completion of the subject, students will be able to complete a research leading to a dissertation. They should be able to:

a) produce a research proposal related to a topic in the field of construction and real estate;

b) apply an appropriate research methodology to the chosen topic; c) conduct a critical and comprehensive literature review; d) analyse data and evaluate findings; e) communicate their ideas in a clear, concise and precise manner; and f) produce a dissertation that is based on their research and written in good English.


Property Management and Surveying students will identify a topic in the field of construction and real estate to study in depth in the final year. The Dissertations are grouped into a number of study areas within the research theme of the Department such as real estate investment and finance, land and construction economics, construction management and construction technology and science, and property and facilities management. BEM students will be advised to identify a topic in the field of Building Engineering and Management. The topic should be engineering-oriented or engineering related area in construction. The Dissertations are grouped into a number of study areas within the research themes of the Department such as construction technology and science, production engineering, production and contract management, engineering economics, construction quality in engineering works, application of information technology in the building industry, engineering materials, etc. Occasionally, if a student proposes a topic which is not within the context of engineering orientation, consideration and prior approval need to be sought from the BEM Programme Management Team.


Academic leadership is provided by the Dissertation Committee comprising Dissertation Co-ordinators and Scheme Chair. The Committee is assisted by the supervisors who are BRE academic staff with research experience. Each student will work under the guidance of a supervisor and, if necessary, a second supervisor may be appointed to assist in project supervision. The project supervision is timetabled for one hour per two weeks over the whole dissertation study period, but students are expected to devote about a day per week of their own time to carry out study and research work. Students are encouraged to formulate a testable hypothesis with theoretical model or justifications; carry out an empirical test on the hypothesis; and draw inference(s) on research and practical implications from the findings.



% weighting

Intended subject learning outcomes to be assessed (Please tick as appropriate) a b c d e f

1. Final Proposal 15% 2. Progress and Efforts 15% 3. Completed Dissertations 70% Total 100 %

Explanation of the appropriateness of the assessment methods in assessing the intended learning outcomes: The assessment of each of the three tasks (Final Proposal, Progress and Efforts, and Completed Dissertations) will be made based an “Assessment Rubrics” that will be adopted and approved by the Dissertation Committee. The “Assessment Rubrics” will be made available for reference by both students and supervisors on the Dissertation Guide web-pages. The main criteria are underlined as listed below. Final Proposal The Final Proposal should include a problem statement, a preliminary literature review, the study’s aim and objectives, an outline of the research methodology, means of data analysis, and a reference list. (1) Problem Statement A concise and precise explanation of the problem that the research intends to address and an outline of the scope of study. This in effect provides the purpose of the study. (2) Literature Review A summary of the relevant theories, research evidence, and descriptive materials bearing on the proposed research, including all information, published or otherwise, that aids in understanding and helps to explain the background to the research. (3) Aim and Objectives Linking of the problem statement and literature review should be made through a precise statement of a research aim and a number of specific objectives. If a testable question (hypothesis) is to be used then this should be clearly stated. This section is a critical part of the research proposal because the aim and objectives need to be consistent with the purpose of the study.

(4) Research Methodology A statement describing the research design and data collection techniques must be provided. The description must be sufficiently detailed to permit an understanding of the proposed study without discussion with the student. If a questionnaire survey is to be conducted, a provisional questionnaire should be included. Sources of data and sampling technique should be identified along with any restrictions on confidentially and possible problems in data collection. The time required for phases of the study should be specified. (5) Data Analysis The way in which the data will be analyzed, including any statistical analysis, should be outlined. If a non-standard form of data analysis is to be used, justification should be given. If computer programs are to be used, they should be identified. (6) Reference and Bibliographic List Students are recommended to use the Harvard referencing system. Alternatively, students can refer to the Student Handbook for other referencing systems, provided that consistency is adhered to. Progress and Efforts During the progress of the research, the student and Supervisor will meet for consultation. It is the responsibility of students to arrange meetings with their supervisors in order that they may report and discuss their progress. It is expected that students devote sufficient time to the Dissertation bearing in mind the requirements outlined in the subject syllabus. Discussions with Supervisors are essential to explore the challenges faced by the student as they learn about the research topic through the research process. Thus, students are required to produce evidence of their work at their meetings with their Supervisors, so that the problems encountered can be shared and solved together. Assessment Pro-forma for “Proposal and Progress” (weighted 30% towards the overall grade)

Element Criteria Weighting Final Proposal Adequacy, structure, clarity, originality, length 15% Progress Report Consultations, diligence, enthusiasm, planning 15% Total 30%

Completed Dissertation The Dissertation should include a declaration, an abstract, an introduction, aim and objectives, methodology, literature review, data collection, analysis, and conclusions. For the purpose of criterion-based assessment, the assessment of the completed Dissertation is divided into six elements, i.e. presentation, aim and objectives, research methodology, literature review, data collection and analysis, conclusions and findings, with a corresponding weighting. (1) Aim and Objectives A re-statement of the aim and objectives in the Final Proposal (may be included in the Introduction). (2) Methodology A clear statement of the planned research methods, as well as reporting of any ways in which the original methodology was modified as a result of constraints imposed in actually conducting the research. Some writers included this in the Introduction. (3) Literature Review The literature search should be fully described showing

the keywords and scientific databases used. A strong emphasis should be placed on refereed journal papers which can provide evidence of existing knowledge of the selected topic, obtained through scientific methods. The review should not only describe relevant theories, previous research, and descriptive material that have a bearing on the study, but also evaluate its worth. Evidence of independent analysis of the available literature should also be demonstrated. A basis for the chosen research topic should be established. (4) Data Collection This section should provide a clear and objective picture of the way in which the data was collected, including identification of any problems encountered and an explanation of the outcome obtained. The data should be summarized and presented in an appropriate form, such as tables and graphs, and not be evaluated or interpreted. Although some writers include analysis of the data in this section, others prefer to cover it separately. (5) Analysis This section should include the analysis and interpretation of the results of the research. The discussion should explain the degree to which the research objectives were achieved, the possible reasons for non-attainment of some objectives, the ways in which the theories did or did not help to examine the problem, and an evaluation of the research results. In many reports, this section is the most important and often the longest in terms of words. (6) Conclusions The conclusions or outcomes of the study should be presented in this section. Included should be the major results that the study has achieved, identification of unanswered questions and directions for further study, speculation about the importance of the findings to the body of knowledge in the construction and real estate fields and any other related items that the student wishes to emphasize. Assessment Pro-forma for “Completed Dissertation” (weighted 70% towards the overall grade)

Element Criteria Weighting Presentation Syntax, clarity, conciseness, preciseness,

structure, aesthetics, graphics, length 10%

Aim and Objectives

Appropriateness and accomplishment of stated aim and objectives, accuracy of application

5%

Research Methodology

Appropriateness, achievability, planning of research design, comprehensiveness, description

15%

Literature Review Relevant parameters, adequate depth and breadth, accuracy, citations and references

15%

Data Collection and Analysis

Relevancy, accuracy, adequacy, coherence of data analysis, logicality of interpretation

15%

Conclusions and Findings

Validity, logicality, substantiveness, originality, degree of critique, new ideas or models

10%

Total 70%


Class contact:

Guided study and project work 184 Hrs.





Essential: HKPolyU Building and Real Estate Department. Dissertation Guide. Continuously updated. Recommended: Bell, J. (1993) Doing Your Research Project, Open University Press. Blaikie, N (2000) Designing Social Research: The Logic of Anticipation. Cambridge: Polity. Booth, W.C., Colomb, G.G. and Williams, J.M. (2003) The Craft of Research, 2nd ed. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. Chau K.W., Raftery J. and Walker A. (1998) The Baby and the Bathwater: Research Methods in Construction Management. Construction Management and Economics, 16:1, 99-104 Fellows R. and Liu A. (1997) Research Methods for Construction, Blackwell-Science. Harris R. and Cundell I. (1995) Changing the Property Mindset by Making Research Relevant. Journal of Property Research, 12, 75-78. Holt G. (1998) A Guide to Successful Dissertation Study for Students of the Built Environment, 2nd edition. The Built Environment Research Unit, University of Wolverhampton. Hussey, J. and Hussey, R. (2003) Business Research: A Practical Guide for Undergraduate and Postgraduate Students, 2nd Edition. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillian, England. Kennedy, P. (2003) A Guide to Econometrics, 5th Edition, USA: Blackwell Publishing. Knight, A. and Ruddock, L. Ed. (2008) Advanced Research Methods in the Built Environment. Chichester: Wiley-Blackwell. Kumar R. (1996) Research Methodology: A Step-by-Step Guide for Beginners. Addison Wesley Longman. Levitt, R.E. (2007) CEM Research for the Next 50 Years: Maximizing Economic, Environmental, and Societal Value of the Built Environment. Journal of Construction

Engineering and Management, 133:9, 619-28. Levin R.I. and Rubin D.S. (1998) Statistics for Management, 7th edition, Prentice-Hall. Lizieri C. (1995) Comment: Relevant Research and Quality Research: the Researcher's Role in the Property Market. Journal of Property Research, 12, 163-66. Lucey T. (1992) Quantitative Techniques ELBS. Mason, J (2002) Qualitative Researching. London: Sage. Naoum S.G. (1999) Dissertation Research and Writing for Construction Students, Butterworth-Heinemann. Pindyck, R.S. and Rubinfeld, D.L. (1998) Econometric Models and Economic Forecasts, 4th Edition, Boston: McGraw-Hill International Editions. Raftery J., McGeorge D. and Walters M. (1997) Breaking Up Methodological Monopolies: A Multiparadigm Approach to Construction Management Research. Construction Management and Economics, 15:3, 291-97. Render, B. and Stair, R.M. Jr (2000) Quantitative Analysis for Management, 7th Edition. Prentice Hall, New Jersey. Tan, W. (2002) Practical Research Methods. Pearson Education Asia Pte Ltd., Singapore.


Subject Code APSS406

Subject Title Managing Human Services in Changing Context

Credit Value 3

Level 4


Pre-requisite: APSS331 Management in Human Services

Minimum Pass Grade

D

Assessment Methods

100% Continuous Assessment Individual Assessment Group Assessment

1. workshop and take home exercise

25 %

2. seminar presentation 15 %

3. participation and mini quiz 15%

4. seminar paper 45%

Objectives

This subject will equip students with changing approaches, key concepts and skills in managing human service organizations, and current workplace issues in a rapidly changing social context.


Upon completion of the subject, students will be able to: 1. to appreciate the diversities in the local and global contexts and identify their

implications in the practice of human service management.. 2. to identify and articulate approaches, concepts and skills in managing human

service organizations in a rapidly changing context. 3. analyze the current workplace issues


1. changing contexts of human service organizations 2. the impact of globalization 3. managerialism and public services 4. sustainable growth and human services 5. leadership in a changing environment 6. entrepreneurship 7. public sector reform and Civil Service Reform 8. resource mobilization 9. managing change 10. employee relations and conflict management 11. managing with integrity 12. current workplace issues


Lecture is the mainly teaching an learning methodology. As it is less interactive and more teacher-director, seminars and workshops are used to enable more student participation, and through this process, students can consolidate their knowledge and skills, but also able to undergo integration, application, reflection and analysis.



% weightin

g


a b c d e

1. workshop and take home exercise

25

2. seminar presentation and paper

60

3. participation and mini quiz

15

Total 100 %

Workshops and exercises are good structured measures for students to apply what they have learned in class, while seminar is a relative free measure for students to apply what they have learnt in a topic or area they choose. As there is less concepts that have to be memorized, examination is not preferred. Rather, in class mini quiz is a good and quick way to check the students’ understanding on various concepts. Participation is a necessary process to achieve various outcomes.


Class contact:

lecture 28 Hrs.

seminar and workshop 14 Hrs.


preparation of seminar 20 Hrs.

writing paper 20 Hrs.

take home exercise 10 Hrs.

workshop exercise 10 Hrs.


Medium of Instruction

English supplemented with Chinese

Medium of Assessment

English


Essential Cheung, A.B. L., & Scott, I. (2003). Governance and public sector reform in Asia: paradigm shifts or business as usual? RoutlegeCurzon. Hess, E.D., & Cameron, K.S. (2006). Leading with values: positivity, virtue, and high performance. Cambridge. Wolf, T. (1999). Managing a non-profit organization in the Twenty-first century.

Simon & Schuster. Supplementary Bangura, Y., & Larbi, G.A. (2006). Public sector reform in developing countries: capacity challenges to improve services. Palgrave. Borzaga, C., & Defourny, J. (2001). The emergence of social enterprise. Routledge. Covey, S. R. (1991). Principle-centered leadership. Simon & Schuster. Drucker, P. (2001). Innovation and entrepreneurship. Butterworth Heinemann. French, W.L., Bell, C.H., & Zawachi, R.a. (2005). Organization development and transformation: managing effective change. McGraw-Hill. Fox, K.J. (2002). Efficiency in the public sector. Kluwer Academic Publishers. Gunn, G. (2004). Third-sector development: making up for the market. Cornell

University Press. Light, P.C. (1998). Sustaining innovation: Creating non-profit and governance

organizations that innovate naturally. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass Publishers. Manning, S. S. (2003). Ethical leadership in human services: a multi-dimensional

approach. Pearson Education. Minogue, M. et al. (1998). Beyond the new public management: Changing ideas and

practices in governance. Northampton, MA: Edward Elgar. Robbins, P.T. (2001). Greening the corporation: management strategy and the

environmental challenge. Earthscan Publications, Ltd. Zimmerer, T.W., & Scarborough, N.M. (2008). Essentials of entrepreneurship and

small business management. Upper Saddle River, N.J. : Prentice Hall.


Subject Code APSS409

Subject Title Health Policy and Administration

Credit Value 3

Level 4


Pre-requisite: APSS451 Social Policy

Minimum Pass Grade

D

Assessment Methods

100% Continuous Assessment

Individual Assessment Group Assessment

1. Seminar presentation & attendance

% 50%

2. Term paper

50% %

0% Examination

Objectives

1. To equip students with essential knowledge and concepts of health and the multifaceted relationships between health policy and health care administration.

2. To sensitizes students about political, social, cultural and economic factors which contribute to the development of health policy and health care administration in Hong Kong.

3. To explore in greater depth the frameworks of health policy analysis. 4. To foster a critical approach in the evaluation of health policy formulation and

administration.


Upon completion of the subject, students will be able to: a) Demonstrate an understanding on the individual, environmental, social and

structural determinants of health and their relationships with health care policies b) Analyze health care policies in terms of different theoretical perspectives c) Critique on local health care delivery system and financing strategies d) Articulate the administrative dynamics and complexity in health care settings


1. Introduction - The significance of health policy - Concepts and Determinants of health 2. Policy objectives and principles to be upheld in formulating health policies - Equity, equality, cost-effectiveness, quality and choice - Trade-off of principles 3. Theoretical foundations of health policy study - The health policy framework – context, process and actors - Economic, Political & Sociological Perspectives - Rationing of health care - how priorities are determined? 4. Health Care Systems and health care reform - An overview of major health care systems - The health policy process - Health care system in Hong Kong & major reforms 5. Health care financing - Major health financing options - Cost-containment strategies 6. Health Service Deliver and Administration I - How health care services are organized and delivered - How to maintain the quality of health care services 7. Health Service Deliver and Administration II - Administration and management of health care organizations - Medical dominance and patients’ rights 8. Ethical and legal dimensions of health policy and administration - Medical ethics - Legal dimensions of health policy 9. Evaluation of health care policies and services - Methods of policy study – an overview - Selected evaluation methods: survey, interview, focus group, secondary data

analysis


This subject consists of lectures and seminars.

Lecture : 24 hours Seminar : 12 hours Seminar preparation 6 hours ____________ Total : 42 hours



% weighting


a b c d

1. Seminar presentation & participation

50% √

√

√

√

2. Term paper 50% √ √ √ √

Total 100 %

In this subject, students have to conduct a health policy analysis in groups and present their findings in the form of seminar presentations. All seminar topics are related to recent developments of health policy and administration in Hong Kong. The assessment criteria include the appropriate application of theories and concepts, critical thinking and analytical skills, and the ability to understand the local policy and administrative contexts pertinent to the policy issues being studied. To encourage team work among students as well as independent learning by students, equal weighting of the final grade is assigned to both group seminar presentation and individual term paper. The assessment methods are appropriate in assessing the intended learning outcomes of this subject.


Class contact:

Lecture attendance (24 hours) 72 Hrs.

Seminar presentation & attendance (12 hours) 36 Hrs.


Preparation for seminar presentation and term paper

18 Hrs.

Preparation for tem paper 9 Hrs.


Medium of Instruction

English supplement by Chinese

Medium of Assessment

English


Concepts of health and health policy Aggleton P. (1990). Health, London: Routlege Gabe, J.; Bury, M., & Elston, M.N. (2004). Key Concepts in Medical Sociology.

London: Sage Publications. Lee, K., Buse, K., & Fustukian, S. (eds.) (2002). Health Policy in a Globalising World.

New York: Cambridge University Press. World Health Organization (1997) The Jakarta Declaration World Health Organization (1986) The Ottawa Charter World Health Organization website http://www.who.int/

Health Policy Analysis and Theoretical Perspectives Barker, C. (1996). The Health Care Policy Process. London. Sage Publications.

Part I – What are Health Policies and How are they made? Part II- Studying Health Care Policies Part III – Analyzing Health Care Policies

Buse, K., Mays, N., & Walt. G. (2005). Making Health Policy. Maidenhead: Open

University Press. Chapter 1 – The health policy framework Coast, J; Donovan, J; and Frankel, S. (1996). Priority Setting: The Health Care

Debates NY: John Wiley & Sons. Inc. Chapter 4 – Philosophical Perspectives on Priority Setting

Daniels, N. (1985) Just Health Care. Cambridge University Press. Palmer, G.R. & Short, S.D. (2000) 3rd Edition. Health Care & Public Policy – An

Australian Analysis. MacMillan Publishers Australia Pty Ltd. Chapter 2 – Public policy analysis and health care Chapter 3 – Perspectives on health policy

Wall, A. & Owen, B. (2002). Health Policy. 2nd Edition. NY: Routledge – Taylor and

Francis Group. Chapter 4 – Resources, Rationing and mortality Chapter 5 – Interest Groups in Health Care

Health Care system, health care financing and delivery Bodenheimer, T.S. & Grumbach, K. (2005). Understanding Health Policy (4th

edition) Chapter 6 & 7 – How Health Care is organized - I & II Chapter 12 – The quality of Health care Chapter 13 – Medical Ethics and Rationing

Coast, J; Donovan, J; and Frankel, S. (1996). Priority Setting: The Health Care

Debates NY: John Wiley & Sons. Inc. Chapter 2 – From implicit to explicit Rationing: two steps forward and one step back

Kelleher D., Gabe J. and Williams G. 1994. "Understanding medical dominance in the

modern world", in Kelleher D., Gabe J. and Williams G. (eds.) Challenging Medicine, London and New York: Routledge, pp.xi-xxix.

Wolper L.F., & Pena, J. (1987). Health Care Administration: Principles and Practice.

MD: Aspen Publishers. World Health Organization (1978). Report of the International Conference on Primary

Health Care Alma-Ata USSR 1978: Primary Health Care , WHO, Geneva. http://www.who.int (World Health Organization website)

Legal and Ethical Issues in health care Beauchamp, T. & Childress, J. (2001). Principles of Biomedical Ethics, 5th Edition.

New York: Oxford University Press.

Bodenheimer, T.S. & Grumbach, K. (2005). Understanding Health Policy (4th edition) Chapter 13 – Medical Ethics and Rationing.

Beauchamp, Tom L. (ed). 1996. Intending Death. The Ethics of Assisted Suicide and

Euthanasia. Prentice Hall. Shannon, Thomas A. 1997. “Euthanasia,” in An Introduction to Bioethics. Third

edition Revised and Updated. New York: Paulist Press. Pp. 101-12.

Hong Kong Health Care system Books and Journal articles Leung, G.M. & Bacon-Shone, J (2006). (edited) Hong Kong’s Health System –

Reflections, Perspectives and Visions. Hong Kong: The Hong Kong University Press.

Lok Sang Ho (1997). Health Care Delivery and Financing Reform: A Model for

Reform. Hong Kong: City University of Hong Kong Press Gauld, R. & Gould, D. (2002). The Hong Kong Health Sector: Development and

Change. Hong Kong: Chinese University Press. http://www.ha.org.hk (Hong Kong Hospital Authority Website) http://www.cmchk.org.hk (Chinese Medicine Council of Hong Kong Website) Government Documents and Consultancy Reports Chinese Medicine Council of Hong Kong. Report of The Chinese Medicine Council

of Hong Kong (1999 – 2002). Hay, J. W. (1992) Health Care In Hong Kong: An Economic Policy Assessment, Chinese

University Press Health and Welfare Bureau, Government of the Hong Kong Special Administrative

Region. (March 2008). Your Health, Your Life – Healthcare Reform Consultation Document. Hong Kong: Hong Kong Government Printer.

Health, Welfare and Food Bureau, Government of the Hong Kong Special

Administrative Region. (July 2005). Building a Healthy Tomorrow – Discussion paper on the future health service delivery model in Hong Kong. Hong Kong.

Health and Welfare Bureau, Government of the Hong Kong Special Administrative

Region. (2000). Lifelong Investment in Health. Consultation Document on Health Care Reform. Hong Kong.

Hong Kong Government, (1990) Health for All: the Way Ahead - Report of the Working

Party on Primary Health Care, The Government Printer The Harvard Team (1999). Improving Hong Kong’ Health Care System: Why and For

Whom?. Hong Kong: Hong Kong SAR Government Printer.